GIFT  OF 


STATE  PROPERTY 


THIS  BOOK 

To  be  delivered  to  Successor  in  Office 
or  School 


— ."/ 


STATE  OF  NEVADA 


The  School 
Law-  \  909 


Compiled  and  Issued  by  the 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 

June,  1909 


Printed  at  the 

State  Printing  Office,  Carson  City 

J.  G.  McCarthy,  State  Printer 


N33 


SCHOOL  OFFICERS  OF  NEVADA,  1909. 


SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION: 

ORVIS  KING ....Carson 

STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION: 

His  Excellency  D.  S.  DICKERSON,  President Carson  City 

Dr.  J.  E.  STUBBS,  President  of  the  University  of  Nevada Krn<> 

OEVIS  RING,  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  Secretary Carson  City 

REGENTS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA: 

FRANK  WILLIAMS Good  Springs 

CHARLES  B.  HENDERSON Elk<» 

JOHN    SUNDERLAND,    JR ... K»Ml«> 

A.  A.    CODD ....Gol<: 

J.  J.  SULLIVAN Virginia  City 

GEO.  H.  TAYLOR,  Secretary  of  the  Board Hen.. 

PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA: 

J.  E.  STUBBS,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  D.D Km.. 

DEPUTY  SUPERINTENDENTS  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION: 

Name.  Address.  Dish 

G.  E.  ANDERSON Elko First  District 

A.  B.  LIGHTFOOT Eureka Second  Di 

J.  F.  ABEL Winnemucca Third  Pi 

J.  E.  BRAY Reno Fourth  District 

G.  C.  Ross Tonopah....  Fifth  District 


EXPLANATORY. 

This  compilation  of  the  School  Laws  is  made  in  compliance  with  the 
st ?»tute  which  provides  that  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion "shall  prepare  pamphlet  copies  of  the  School  Law  and  all  amend- 
ments thereto,  and  shall  transmit  a  copy  thereof  to  each  School  Trustee, 
School  Marshal,  and  school  teacher  in  the  State." 

The  work  is  arranged  by  chapters,  each  chapter  comprising  an  Act  as 
it  was  passed  by  the  State  Legislature.  The  full  title  of  each  law  is 
iriven.  toirrtlH-r  with  the  date  of  approval  and  the  page  of  the  Statutes, 
for  that  v<-;ir.  on  which  it  may  be  found.  Amendments  are  embodied  in 
the  law  with  proper  references  as  to  date  and  page. 

The  attention  of  all  school  officers  is  called  to  the  compulsory  educa- 
tion law  (Chapter  XVII  ).  and  to  the  law  regarding  dependent  children 
(•Chapter  XVIII). 


Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 


247904 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Chapter.                                                    Title  of  Act.                                                        Page. 
Constitutional  provisions,  Article  XI 9 

l....An  Act  to  define  the  constitution,  organization,  powers,  and  duties  of  the 
State  Board  of  Education,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 
Approved  March  16,  1895,  p.  81 13 

2. ...An  Act  to  provide  for  a  reorganization  of  the  system  of  school  supervision 
and  maintenance,  to  repeal  all  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  there- 
with, and  matters  properly  connected  therewith.  Approved  March  29, 
1907,  p.  379 14 

3. ...An  Act  to  create  a  State  Text-Book  Commission  and  to  authorize  said  Com- 
mission to  adopt  a  uniform  series  of  text-books  for  the  public  schools  of 
Nevada,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith.  Approved  March  22, 
1907,  p.  217 40 

4. ...An  Act  to  provide  books,  equipment,  and  materials,  and  to  encourage  the 
economic  use  thereof  by  the  pupils  of  the  public  schools,  and  fixing  pen- 
alties for  its  infraction.  Approved  March  22,  1909,  p.  156 45 

5... .An  Act  providing  for  the  date  of  election  of  School  Trustees,  and  other 

matters  properly  connected  therewith.     Approved  March  16, 1909,  p.  124..     47 

6. ...An  Act  to  provide  for  the  election  of  School  Trustees,  and  matters  properly 

connected  therewith.     Approved  March  16,  1897,  p.  100 48 

7... .An  Act  to  amplify  the  powers  of  Boards  of  School  Trustees.     Approved 

March  20,  1901,  p.  97 51 

'  8... .An  Act  permitting  the  establishment  of  County  High  Schools  in  the  various 
counties  of  this  State,  and  providing  for  the  construction,  maintenance, 
management,  and  supervision  of  the  same,  to  repeal  all  Acts  and  parts 
of  Acts  in  conflict  herewith,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 
Approved  March  24,  1909,  p.  241 52 

9.. ..An  Act  for  the  establishment  of  Normal   Training   Schools,   and  for  the 

maintenance  and  control  of  the  same.    Approved  March  20,  1909,  p.  174..     56 

10.... An  Act  to  provide  for  Union  School  Districts,  and  matters  properly  con- 
nected therewith.  Approved  March  3,  1909,  p.  49 58 

11. ...An  Act  to  authorize  Boards  of  County  Commissioners  to  enlarge  the  bound- 
aries of  certain  school  districts,  or  to  consolidate  two  or  more  into  one, 
and  matters  properly  connected  therewith.  Approved  March  11,  1909, 
p.  87 .' 59 

12. ...An  Act  to  provide  an  Emergency  School  Fund  for  new  school  districts, 
prescribing  its  use  and  manner  of  disbursement,  and  other  matters  prop- 
erly connected  therewith.  Approved  February  13,  1909,  p.  20 59 

IS.... An  Act  to  provide  for  the  disposal  of  funds  and  property  of  abolished  school 

districts.    Approved  March  5,  1909,  p.  70 61 

14.. ..An  Act  to  amend  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  to  enable  the  several  school  dis- 
tricts of  the  State  to  issue  negotiable  coupon  bonds  for  the  purpose  of 
erecting  and  furnishing  school  buildings,  or  purchasing  ground,  or  for 
refunding  floating  funded  debts,  and  providing  for  the  payment  of  the 
principal  indebtedness  thus  authorized  and  the  interest  thereon,"  approved 
March  12,  1907.  Approved  February  8,  1908,  p.  34 62 


TABLE  .OF    CONTENTS. 


Chapter.  Title  of  Act.  Page. 

15.. ..An  Act  to  enable  school  districts  to  issue  negotiable  coupon  bonds  for  the 
purpose  of  erecting,  furnishing,  equipping,  and  maintaining  buildings  for 
industrial  training,  manual  training,  domestic  science,  and  agriculture, 
or  any  one  or  all  of  these  purposes,  and  providing  for  the  payment  of 
the  principal  indebtedness  and  the  interest  thereon,  and  other  matters 
properly  connected  therewith.  Approved  March  16,  1909r  p.  122 65 

16....An  Act  to  protect  the  security  of  school  bonds.     Approved  March  13,  1909, 

p.  94 ...  65 

17... .An  Act  providing  for  compulsory  education,  and  other  matters  properly 
connected  therewith,  providing  for  penalties  for  the  violation  of  any  of 
the  provisions  thereof,  and  repealing  any  and  all  prior  laws  on  the  sub- 
ject of  compulsory  education.  Approved  March  20,  1909,  p.  147 66 

18.... An  Act  relating  to  children  who  are  now  or  who  may  hereafter  become 
dependent,  neglected,  or  delinquent,  to  define  these  terms  and  to  provide 
for  the  treatment,  control,  maintenance,  protection,  adoption,  and  guard- 
ianship of  the  person  of  such  child  or  children.  Approved  March  24, 
1909,  p.  229 69 

19... .An  Act  to  secure  protection  to  school  children  and  to  preserve  the  peace  of 
public  schools,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith.  Approved 
March  6,  1893,  p.  106 79 

20... .An  Act  to  prevent  malicious  injury  to  church,  school,  and  other  buildings 
and  property,  and  to  protect  persons  from  malicious  annoyance,  and 
matters  properly  relating  thereto.  Approved  March  13,  1895,  p.  63 ...  80 

21. ...An  Act  to  regulate  the  location,  equipment,  or  maintenance  of  hospitals. 

Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  430 SO 

22.. ..An  Act  to  regulate  houses  of  prostitution,  dance-houses,  and  houses  wrhere 
beer,  wine,  or  spirituous  liquors  are  sold.  Approved  February  26,  1887, 
p.  84 81 

23.... An  Act  authorizing  the  owners  of  land  to  lay  out  and  plat  such  land  into 
lots,  streets,  alleys,  and  public  places,  and  providing  for  the  approval  and 
filing  of  maps  or  plats  thereof.  Approved  March  13,  1905,  p.  223 81 

24... .An  Act  to  exempt  teachers  from  jury  duty.  Approved  March  14,  1903, 
p.  Ill 

25. ...An  Act  to  require  School  Trustees  to  procure  and  hoist  on  public  school- 
houses  the  United  States  flag.  Approved  March  13,  1909,  p.  100 Su 

26... .An  Act  adopting  the  design  of  the  flag  of  the  State  of  Nevada.     Approved 

February  25,  1905,  p.  42 83 

27... .An  Act  establishing  Arbor  Day.     Approved  February  10,  1887;  p.  51 S3 

28... .An  Act  to  fix  the  name  of  the   State  University   of  Nevada.     Approved 

March  29,  1907,  p.  433....  S3 

29.. ..An  Act  relating  to  the  State  University,  and  matters  properly  connected 

therewith.     Approved  February  7,  1887,  p.  42 S4 

30... .An  Act  supplemental  to  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  relating  to  the  State  Uni- 
versity, and  matters  properly  connected  therewith,"  approved  February 
7,  1887.  Approved  March  16,  1895,  p.  76....  87 

31... .An  Act  creating  the  Honorary  Board  of  Visitors  of  the  Nevada  State  Uni- 
versity, and  other  matters  relating  thereto.  Approved  March  11,  1895, 
p.  40  — 

32.. ..An  Act  creating  a  School  of  Mines,  to  be  located  at  Virginia  City,  State  of 

Nevada.     Approved  March  20,  1903,  p.  211 89 

33     An  Act  to  provide  for  the  education  of  the  deaf  and  dumb,  and  the  blind 

of  the  State  of  Nevada.     Approved  March  2,  1869,  p.  103 89 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  7 

Chapter.  Title  of  Act.  Page. 

34....An   Act   to  provide  for  free  public   libraries,    and   other  matters   relating 

thereto.    Approved  March  16,  1895,  p.  79 90 

35.... An  Act  to  provide  re-venue  for  the  support  of  the  Government  of  the  State 
of  Nevada,  and  to  repeal  certain  Acts  relating  thereto.  Approved  March 
23,  1891,  p.  135 92 

36... .An  Act  to  amend  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  in  relation  to  the  State  Library," 

approved  February  14,  1865.    Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  372 92 

37....An  Act  providing  that  ten  per  cent  of  proceeds  from  fees  which  issue  to 
the  counties  from  national  forest  reserves  be  paid  into  the  county  school 
fund  of  the  county  in  which  such  fees  may  be  collected.  Approved  March 
29,  1907,  p.  415 93 

38....An  Act  to  fix  the  state  tax  levy,  and  to  distribute  the  same  in  the  proper 

funds.    Approved  March  20,  1909,  p.  141 94 

39....An  Act  making  appropriations  for  the  support  of  the  Civil  Government  of 
the  State  of  Nevada  for  the  fiscal  years  1909  and  1910.  Approved  March 
22,  1909,  p.  162 94 

40....An  Act  to  provide  for  the  dissemination  of  knowledge  in  the  public  schools 
relative  to  the  preservation  of  song-birds,  fish,  and  game.  Approved 
March  12,  1901,  p.  56 95 

Appendix — Fish  and  Game  Laws,  and  special  laws  relating  to  school  mat- 
ters passed  in  1909 97 


CONSTITUTIONAL  PROVISIONS. 


.ARTICLE  XI. 

EDUCATION. 

.Superintendent,  When  Elected — Term  of  Office. 

SECTION  1.  The  Legislature  shall  encourage,  by  all  suitable  means, 
the  promotion  of  intellectual,  literary,  scientific,  mining,  mechanical, 
agricultural,  and  moral  improvements ;  and  also  provide  for  the  election 
by  the  people,  at  the  general  election,  of  a  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  whose  term  of  office  shall  be  two  years  from  the  first  Mon- 
day of  January,  A.  D.  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-five,  and  until  the 
election  and  qualification  of  his  successor,  and  whose  duties  shall  be 
prescribed  by  law. 

System  to  be  Uniform. 

SEC  2.  The  Legislature  shall  provide  for  a  uniform  system  of  com- 
mon schools,  by  which  a  school  shall  be  established  and  maintained  in 
each  school  district  for  at  least  six  months  in  every  year ;  and  any  school 
district  neglecting  to  establish  and  maintain  such  a  school,  or  which 
shall  allow  instruction  of  a  sectarian  character  therein,  may  be  deprived 
of  its  proportion  of  the  interest  of  the  Public  School  Fund  during  such 
neglect  or  infraction ;  and  the  Legislature  may  pass  such  laws  as  will 
tend  to  secure  a  general  attendance  of  the  children  in  each  school  dis- 
trict upon  said  public  schools. 

Lands  and  Funds  Pledged  to  Educational  Purposes — Escheated  Estates 
and  Fines  Pledged  to  Educational  Purposes — Interest  Only  to  be 
Used — May  be  Appropriated  for  State  University. 
SEC.  3.  All  lands,  including  the  sixteenth  and  thirty-sixth  sections 
in  any  township  donated  for  the  benefit  of  public  schools  in  the  Act  of 
the  Thirty-eighth  Congress,  to  enable  the  people  of  Nevada  Territory  to 
form  a  State  Government,  the  thirty  thousand  acres  of  public  lands 
granted  by  an  Act  of  Congress,  approved  July  second,  A.  D.  eighteen 
hundred  and  sixt}r-two,  for  each  Senator  and  Representative  in  Con- 
gress, and  all  proceeds  of  lands  that  have  been  or  may  hereafter  be 
granted  or  appropriated  by  the  United  States  to  this  State,  and  also 
the  five  hundred  thousand  acres  of  land  granted  to  the  new  States 
under  the  Act  of  Congress  distributing  the  proceeds  of  the  public  lands 
among  the  several  States  of  the  Union,  approved  A.  D.  eighteen  hun- 
dred and  forty-one;  provided,  that  Congress  make  provision  for  or 
authorize  such  diversion  to  be  made  for  the  purpose  herein  contained ; 
all  estates  that  may  escheat  to  the  State;  all  such  per  centum  as  may 
be  granted  by  Congress  on  the  sale  of  lands ;  all  fines  collected  under 


10  •  SeJiGOL  'LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

the  penal  laws  of  the  State;  all  property  given  or  bequeathed  to  the 
State  for  educational  purposes,  and  all  proceeds  derived  from  any  or 
all  of  said  sources,  shall  be  and  the  same  are  hereby  solemnly  pledged 
for  educational  purposes,  and  shall  not  be  transferred  to  any  other 
fund  for  other  uses ;  and  the  interest  thereon  shall,  from  time  to  time, 
be  apportioned  among  the  several  counties  as  the  Legislature  may  pro- 
vide by  law ;  and  the  Legislature  shall  provide  for  the  sale  of  floating 
land  warrants  to  cover  the  aforesaid  lands,  and  for  the  investment  of 
all  proceeds  derived  from  any  of  the  above-mentioned  sources,  in  United 
States  bonds,  or  the  bonds  of  this  State,  or  the  bonds  of  other  States 
of  the  Union ;  provided,  that  the  interest  only  of  the  aforesaid  proceeds 
shall  be  used  for  educational  purposes,  and  any  surplus  interest  shall 
be  added  to  the  principal  sum ;  and  provided  further,  that  such  portions 
of  said  interest  as  may  be  necessary  may  be  appropriated  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  State  University.  [As  amended — Fifth  Amendment.] 

University. 

SEC  4.  The  Legislature  shall  provide  for  the  establishment  of  a 
State  University,  which  shall  embrace  departments  for  agriculture, 
mechanic  arts,  and  mining,  to  be  controlled  by  a  Board  of  Regents, 
whose  duties  shall  be  prescribed  by  law. 

Normal  Schools'. 

SEC.  5.  The  Legislature  shall  have  power  to  establish  normal  schools, 
and  such  different  grades  of  schools,  from  the  primary  department  to 
the  University,  as  in  their  discretion  they  may  deem  necessary,  and  all 
professors  in  said  University,  or  teachers  in  said  schools,  of  whatever 
grade,  shall  be  required  to  take  and  subscribe  to  the  oath  as  prescribed 
in  Article  XV  of  this  Constitution.  No  professor  or  teacher  who  fails 
to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  entitled  to  receive 
any  portion  of  the  public  moneys  set  apart  for  school  purposes. 

Special  Tax  Provided  for  Educational  Purposes. 

SEC.  6  The  Legislature  shall  provide  a  special  tax,  which  shall  not 
exceed  two  mills  on  the  dollar  of  all  taxable  property  in  the  State,  in 
addition  to  the  other  means  provided  for  the  support  and  maintenance 
of  said  University  and  common  schools.  [As  amended — Sixth  Amend- 
ment.] 

Board  of  Regents. 

SEC.  7.  The  Governor,  Secretary  of  State,  and  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  shall,  for  the  first  four  years,  and  until  their  succes- 
sor? are  elected  and  qualified,  constitute  a  Board  of  Regents,  to  control 
.and  manage  the  affairs  of  the  University  and  the  funds  of  the  same, 
Yinder  such  regulations  as  may  be  provided  by  law.  But  the  Legisla- 
ture shall,  at  its  regular  session  next  preceding  the  expiration  of  the 
term  of  office  of  said  Board  of  Regents,  provide  for  the  election  of  a 
new  Board  of  Regents,  and  define  their  duties. 

Duties  of  Regents. 

SEC.  8.  The  Board  of  Regents  shall,  from  the  interest  accruing  from 
the  first  funds  which  come  under  their  control,  immediately  organize 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  11 

and  maintain  the  said  mining  department  in  snch  manner  as  to  make  it 
the  most  effective  and  useful;  provided,  that  all  the  proceeds  of  the 
public  lands  donated  by  Act  of  Congress,  approved  July  second,  A.  D. 
olffhteen  hundred  and  sixty-two,  for  a  college  for  the  benefit  of  agricul- 
ture, the  mechanic  arts,  and  including  military  tactics,  shall  be  invested 
by  the  said  Board  of  Regents  in  a  separate  fund,  to  be  appropriated 
exclusively  for  the  benefit  of  the  first-named  departments  of  the  Uni- 
versity, as  set  forth  in  section  four  above ;  and  the  Legislature  shall  pro- 
vide that,  if  through  neglect  or  any  other  contingency,  any  portion  of 
the  fund  so  set  apart  shall  be  lost  or  misappropriated,  the  State  of 
Nevada  shall  replace  said  amount  so  lost  or  misappropriated  in  said 
fond,  so  that  the  principal  of  said  fund  shall  remain  forever  undi- 
minished. 

Sectarianism  Prohibited. 

SEC.  9.  No  sectarian  instruction  shall  be  imparted  or  tolerated  in 
any  school  or  university  that  may  be  established  under  this  Constitution. 

No  Funds  for  Sectarian  Purposes. 

SEC.  10.  No  public  funds  of  any  kind  or  character  whatever,  State, 
Bounty,  or  municipal,  shall  be  used  for  sectarian  purposes.  [Added  by 
Second  Amendment.] 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 


CHAPTER  I — An  Act  to  define  the  constitution,  organization,  powers, 
and  duties  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  and  matters  properly 
connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  16,  1895,  p.  81. 

State  Board  of  Education. 

SECTION  1.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  consist  of  the  Gov- 
ernor, the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  the  President  of 
the  University. 

Officers  of  Board. 

SEC.  2.  The  Governor  is  the  President,  and  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  the  Secretary  of  the  Board. 

Time  of  Meeting. 

SEC.  3.  The  board  shall  meet  at  the  call  of  the  Secretary,  but  shall 
hold  at  least  two  meetings  a  year.  [See  also  Chap.  II,  Sec.  2,  eighth 
part.] 

Powers  and  Duties  of  Board. 

SEC.  4.     The  powers  and  duties  of  the  board  shall  be  as  follows : 

Third — To  prescribe  and  cause  to  be  adopted  the  course  of  study  in 
the  public  schools. 

Fourth — To  recommend  a  list  of  books  for  district  libraries. 

Sixth — To  revoke  for  immoral  conduct,  or  evident  unfitness  for  teach- 
ing, any  State  diploma  or  any  State  or  county  certificate. 

Seventh — To  have  done  by  the  State  Printer  any  printing  required  by 
the  board,  such  as  the  proceedings  of  the  State  Teachers'  Institute, 
circulars  of  information  to  school  officers  or  teachers,  and  blank  forms. 

Eighth — To  adopt  and  use  in  authentication  of  its  acts  an  official  seal. 

Ninth — To  keep  a  record  of  its  proceedings,  which  shall  be  published 
biennially  in  the  report  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

Eighteenth — All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  with  this  Act  are 
hereby  repealed. 

[Portions  omitted  are  superseded  by  the  Statutes  of  1907.] 


14  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

SCHOOL  ORGANIZATION. 


CHAP.  II — An  Act  to  provide  for  a  reorganization  of  the  system  of 
school  supervision  and  maintenance,  to  repeal  all  Acts  and  parts  of 
Acts  in  conflict  thereiuith,  and  matters  properly  connected  there- 

Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  379. 
SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

Election  of  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

SECTION  1.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  be  elected 
quadrennially  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  State  at  the  same  time 
and  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Governor  is  elected  and  shall  hold  office 
for  the  term  of  four  years  from  the  first  Monday  in  January  next  after 
the  election,  and  until  his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified. 

Duties  of  Said  Officer — Visit  Schools — Apportion  School  Fund- 
Apportion  County  Funds — Report  Biennially — Rules — Teachers ' 
Institutes — Meetings  of  State  Board  of  Education — Appoint  Trus- 
tees— Nominate  Deputies — Printing. 

SEC.  2.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  have  power 
and  it  shall  be  his  d.uty : 

First — To  visit  each  county  in  the  State  at  least  once  each  year  for 
the  purpose  of  conducting  teachers'  institutes,  visiting  schools,  consult- 
ing with  school  officers,  and  addressing  public  assemblies  on  subjects 
pertaining  to  the  schools. 

Second — To  apportion  the  General  School  Fund  among  the  several 
counties  as  provided  in  section  ninety  of  this  Act. 

Third — To  apportion  the  school  funds  of  each  county  among  its  vari- 
ous districts  as  provided  in  section  ninety-one  of  this  Act. 

Fourth — To  report  to  the  Governor  biennially,  on  or  before  the  first 
day  of  December  of  the  years  preceding  the  regular  session  of  the  Legis- 
lature. The  Governor  shall  transmit  said  report  to  the  Legislature ;  and 
whenever  it  is  ordered  published  the  State  Printer  shall  deliver  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  copies  to  the  Superintendent,  who  shall  distribute  the 
same  among  school  officers  of  the  State  and  of  the  United  States.  Said 
report  shall  contain  a  full  statement  of  the  condition  of  public  instruc- 
tion in  the  State ;  a  statement  of  the  condition  and  amount  of  all  funds 
and  property  appropriated  to  the  purpose  of  education;  the  number 
and  grade  of  schools  in  each  county;  the  number  of  children  in  each 
county  between  the  ages  of  six  and  eighteen  years  of  age ;  the  number 
of  such  attending  public  schools ;  the  number  attending  private  schools ; 
the  number  attending  no  schools;  the  number  under  six  years  of 
age;  the  number  between  eighteen  and  twenty-one  years  of  age; 
the  amount  of  public  school  moneys  apportioned  to  each  county;  the 
amount  of  money  raised  by  county  taxation,  district  tax,  subscription  or 
otherwise,  by  any  city,  town,  district,  or  county,  for  the  support  of 
schools  therein ;  the  amount  of  money  raised  for  building  schoolhouses ; 
a  statement  of  plans  for  the  management  and  improvement  of  public 
schools ;  and  such  other  information  relative  to  the  educational  interests 
of  the  State  as  he  may  think  of  importance. 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF   NEVADA.  15 

Fifth — To  prescribe  suitable  rules  and  regulations  for  making  all 
reports  and  conducting  all  necessary  proceedings  under  this  Act  and  to 
furnish  suitable  blank  forms  for  the  same ;  to  cause  the  same,  with  such 
instructions  as  he  shall  deem  necessary  and  proper  for  the  organization 
and  government  of  schools,  to  be  transmitted  to  the  local  school  officers, 
who  shall  be  governed  in  accordance  therewith.  He  shall  prepare  a  con- 
venient form  of  school  register  for  the  purpose  of  securing  accurate 
returns  from  the  teachers  of  public  schools,  and  shall  furnish  each  school 
district  in  the  State  with  such  registers.  He  shall  prepare  pamphlet 
copies  of  the  school  law  and  all  amendments  thereto,  and  shall  transmit 
a  copy  thereof  of  each  School  Trustee,  School  Marshal,  and  school 
teacher  in  the  State. 

Sixth — To  convene  a  State  Teachers'  Institute  biennially  in  the  even- 
numbered  years  in  such  place  and  at  such  time  as  he  may  deem  advisa- 
ble.' It  shall  be  his  further  duty  to  convene  five  District  Teachers' 
Institutes  in  the  various  sections  of  the  State  biennially  in  the  odd- 
numbered  years  in  such  places  and  at  such  times  as  he  may  deem  advis- 
able. He  shall  engage  such  institute  lecturers  and  teachers  as  he  shall 
deem  advisable,  and  shall  preside  over  and  regulate  the  exercises  of  all 
State  and  District  Institutes.  No  institute  shall  continue  less  than  four 
nor  more  than  ten  days.  The  expense  incurred  in  holding  such  insti- 
tutes shall  be  paid  out  of  the  State  General  Fund;  provided,  that  the 
amount  for  the  State  Institute  shall  not  exceed  two  hundred  dollars  nor 
the  amount  of  any  one  District  Institute  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars, 
and  the  State  Controller  is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  draw  his 
warrants  for  the  same  upon  the  order  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction.  All  teachers  shall  be  required  to  attend  the  District  Insti- 
tutes held  in  the  supervision  districts  in  which  they  may  be  teaching 
respectively,  unless  they  shall  be  excused  for  good  cause  by  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction,  and  without  loss  of  salary  for  the  time 
thus  employed. 

Seventh — To  call,  with  the  approval  of  the  Board  of  County  Com- 
missioners, a  County  Teachers'  Institute  in  any  county  at  such  time  and 
place  as  in  his  judgment  will  best  subserve  the  educational  interests  of 
the  county,  and  to  preside  over  and  regulate  the  exercises  of  the  same. 
The  expenses  of  such  institute  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  County  General 
Fund  of  the  county  in  which  such  institute  is  held ;  provided,  that  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  authorize  such  institute  upon  the 
application  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction ;  and  provided, 
that  such  expenses  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars. 
All  teachers  shall  be  required  to  attend  any  County  Institute  held  in 
the  counties  in  which  they  shall  be  teaching  respectively,  unless  excused 
for  good  cause  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  with- 
out loss  of  salary  for  the  time  thus  employed. 

Eighth — To  call  meetings  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  in  Janu- 
ary and  July  of  each  year  and  at  such  other  times  as  he  shall  deem 
proper  or  when  two  members  of  said  board  shall  request  a  meeting. 

Ninth — To  appoint  School  Trustees  in  all  districts  in  which  the  quali- 
fied voters  fail  to  elect,  and  to  fill  by  appointment  all  vacancies  occur- 
ring in  said  office. 


16  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA. 

Tenth — To  nominate  Deputy  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction 
for  appointment  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

Eleventh — To  perform  such  other  duties  relative  to  the  public  schools 
as  may  be  prescribed  by  law. 

Twelfth — To  have  done  at  the  State  Printing  Office  any  printing 
required  under  this  Act. 

Deliver  Property. 

SEC.  3.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall,  at  the  expi- 
ration of  his  term  of  office,  deliver  to  his  successor  all  property  and 
effects  belonging  to  his  office  and  take  a  receipt  for  the  same. 

DEPUTY  SUPERINTENDENTS  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

Office  of  County  Superintendent  Abolished. 

SEC.  4.  The  office  of  County  Superintendent  of  Public  Schools  either 
as  a  separate  office  or  as  an  ex  officio  office  shall-  be,  and  hereby  is, 
abolished  for  all  counties  in  this  State  on  and  after  the  thirty-first  day 
of  August,  1907 ;  provided,  that  the  ex  officio  County  Superintendent 
shall  make  the  reports  for  the  school  year  ending  on  the  thirty-first  day 
of  August,  1907. 

Deputy  Superintendents — Supervision  Districts. 

SEC.  5.  Upon  the  nomination  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  on  or  before  the  first 
Monday  in  December,  1907,  and  each  fourth  year  thereafter,  appoint 
one  Deputy  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  for  each  Supervision 
District  as  hereinafter  provided  for,  and  such  appointee  shall  be  a  bona 
fide  resident  of  the  district  for  which  he  is  appointed.  At  the  time  of 
such  appointment  and  during  his  term  of  office,  such  appointee  shall 
take  office  on  the  first  Monday  in  September  and  shall  serve  for  a  period 
of  four  years ;  provided,  that  in  case  any  nominee  of  the  State  Superin- 
tendent is  unsatisfactory  to  the  board  another  nomination  or  nomina- 
tions shall  be  made  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  board.  In  case  a  vacancy 
shall  occur  in  the  office  of  Deputy  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction, 
the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  in  like  manner  make  an  appoint- 
ment for  the  unexpired  term.  The  Deputy  Superintendents  of  Public 
Instruction  shall  devote  their  entire  time  to  school  supervision  and  shall 
not  engage  in  other  work  while  holding  this  office. 

Qualifications  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  6.  Any  person  holding  a  teacher's  certificate  of  high-school 
grade  and  who  shall  have  had  not  less  than  forty-five  months  successful 
experience  in  teaching,  at  least  nine  months  of  which  shall  have  been 
in  the  State  of  Nevada,  shall  be  eligible  to  appointment  as  Deputy 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  no  others  shall  be  eligible  to 
such  appointment. 

Duties  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Deputy  Superintendent  to  visit 
each  school  in  his  district  at  least  twice  a  year,  to  examine  the  records 
and  observe  the  work  of  each  school  carefully,  to  advise  with  teachers 


SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  17 

as  to  organization,  management  and  teaching,  to  inspect  school  build- 
ings, libraries,  and  apparatus,  to  confer  with  Trustees  and  county  offi- 
cers as  to  the  condition  and  needs  of  their  schools,  to  hold  teachers' 
meetings,  to  assist  at  State,  District,  and  County  Institutes,  and  other- 
wise advance  the  educational  interests  of  his  district.  The  Deputy 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  act  as  deputy  examiner  at 
teachers'  examinations,  as  member  of  the  Board  of  Educational  Exam- 
iners and  shall  assist  the  State  Board  of  Education  in  preparing  courses 
of  study.  He  shall  attend  the  meetings  of  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion to  furnish  information  pertaining  to  the  schools  of  his  district 
when  said  board  shall  so  order.  He  shall,  under  the  direction  of  the 
State  Board  of  Education,  examine  the  records  and  financial  accounts 
of  each  school  district  and  shall,  in  his  report  to  said  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, state  whether  or  not  the  law  has  been  complied  with  in  every  case, 
specifically  calling  attention  to  any  violations  of  law.  He  shall  make 
such  written  reports  and  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  required 
by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

Powers  of  Deputies. 

SEC.  8.  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  State  Board  of  Education, 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  confer  upon  the  Deputy 
Superintendents  such  power  and  authority  to  act  in  his  name  as  he  shall 
deem  proper. 

State  Board  to  Adopt  Rules  for  Deputies. 

SEC.  9.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  adopt  such  rules  and 
regulations  further  defining  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Deputy  Super- 
intendents of  Public  Instruction  as  shall,  in  its  judgment,  be  needful  to 
secure  efficiency  and  coordination ;  provided,  that  such  rules  and  regula- 
tions shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  this  State. 

Removal. 

SEC.  10.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  have  power  to  remove 
Deputy  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction  from  office  for  evident 
unfitness  or  for  conspicuous  failure  to  perform  the  duties  of  said  office. 

CERTIFICATION  OF  TEACHERS. 

Teachers'  Certificates. 

SEC.  11.  No  certificate  or  diploma  authorizing  any  person  to  teach 
in  the  public  schools  of  this  State  shall  be  issued  by  any  officer  or  board 
except  the  State  Board  of  Education,  and  the  State  Board  shall  issue 
only  those  classes  and  grades  described  in  this  Act ;  provided,  however, 
that  all  teachers'  certificates  previously  issued  by  legally  constituted 
authorities  shall  remain  valid  for  the  time  and  under  the  conditions  of 
the  original  issue  unless  revoked  in  accordance  with  law. 

Date  and  Place  of  Examinations. 

SEC.  12.  Examinations  for  teachers'  certificates  in  this  State  shall 
be  held  in  the  several  counties  semi-annually,  beginning  on  the  second 
Monday  in  January  and  July,  and  continuing  not  more  than  four  days 

2 


18  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

at  any  one  examination ;  provided,  that  the  interest  of  the  schools  in  any 
county  shall  require  such  examinations.  The  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion shall  make  provision  for  such  other  examinations  at  such  times  and 
places  as  in  its  judgment  the  public  interest  may  require. 

Deputy  Examiners — Compensation. 

SEC.  13.  All  examinations  for  teachers'  certificates  shall  be  con- 
ducted by  deputy  examiners,  who  shall  act  under  the  authority  of  the 
State  Board  of  Education.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  deputy  exam- 
iners to  send  all  examination  papers  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  without  grading  them.  The  Deputy  Superintendents  of 
Public  Instruction  shall  act  as  deputy  examiners  in  such  counties  in 
their  respective  districts  as  shall  be  designated  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  and  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall 
appoint  in  addition  a  sufficient  number  of  deputy  examiners  to  provide 
for  all  the  counties  of  the  State ;  provided,  that  there  shall  not  be  more 
than  two  such  deputy  examiners  in  any  one  county.  Deputy  examiners 
other  than  the  Deputy  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction  shall 
receive  a  compensation  of  five  dollars  a  day,  to  be  paid  as  other  claims 
out  of  the  State  General  Fund.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall 
prescribe  such  rules  and  regulations  governing  examinations  as  may  be 
needful  to  secure  uniformity  and  justice. 

[For  appropriation  for  conducting  examinations,  see  Chap.  XXXIX, 
Sec.  90.] 

Regulations  Regarding  Questions. 

SEC.  14.  The  questions  used  for  written  work  in  teachers'  examina- 
tions shall  be  prepared  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  and  shall  be 
uniform  throughout  the  State.  Such  examination  questions  shall  be  for- 
warded to  the  various  deputy  examiners  throughout  the  State  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  so  as  to  reach  their  destination 
immediately  before  the  date  set  for  the  examination.  Such  questions 
shall  be  sent  under  the  seal  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  the  ques- 
tions on  each  subject  being  under  separate  seal,  and  no  questions  shall 
be  opened  by  any  deputy  examiner  or  other  person  until  the  day  and 
the  hour  set  for  the  use  of  such  questions,  and  this  time  shall  be  plainly 
specified  under  each  seal. 

Primary-School  Certificate. 

SEC.  15.  The  primary-school  certificate,  good  for  two  years,  shall  be 
issued  upon  satisfactory  examination  in  the  following  subjects,  and 
shall  entitle  the  holder  to  teach  in  any  school  in  which  only  primary 
branches  are  taught:  Orthography,  reading,  grammar,  written  arith- 
metic, mental  arithmetic,  penmanship,  physiology,  history  of  the  United 
States,  civil  government,  geography,  current  news,  drawing,  theory  and 
practice  of  teaching,  and,  at  the  discretion  of  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, music  and  the  elements  of  chemistry  and  physics. 

Grammar-School  Certificate. 

SEC.  16.  The  grammar-school  certificate,  good  for  three  years,  shall 
be  issued  upon  satisfactory  examination  in  the  following  subjects,  and 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  19 

shall  entitle  the  holder  to  teach  in  primary,  grammar,  or  unclassified 
schools :  All  the  subjects  designated  for  primary-school  certificates,  and 
in  addition  thereto,  algebra,  the  first  and  second  books  of  plane  geom- 
etry, English  history,  bookkeeping,  physical  geography,  physics,  chem- 
istry, and  methods  of  teaching.  [See  also  Chap.  IX,  Sec.  4.] 

Hiyh -School  Certificate. 

SEC.  17.  The  high-school  certificate,  good  for  four  years,  shall  en-title 
the  holder  to  teach  in  any  school,  and  shall  be  issued  upon  satisfactory 
examination  in  all  the  subjects  mentioned  in  sections  fifteen  and  sixteen 
of  this  Act,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  botany,  Latin,  general  history, 
English  literature,  plane  geometry,  astronomy,  rhetoric,  civil  govern- 
ment, and  the  history  and  methods  of  teaching. 

Provisions  Regarding  Certificates. 

SEC.  18.  Applicants  who  have  taught  successfully  under  any  grade 
of  certificate  issued  under  this  Act  shall,  when  applying  for  the  next 
higher  grade,  be  required  to  take  only  the  studies  of  that  grade;  pro- 
ridfd.  that  any  person,  holding  a  primary-school  certificate,  in  applying 
for  a  grammar-school  certificate,  need  take  only  the  additional  branches 
named  in  section  sixteen  of  this  Act. 

Life  Diplomas. 

SEC.  19.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  grant  a  life  diploma  to 
any  resident  of  the  State  of  Nevada  who  shall  present  evidence  of  having 
taught  successfully  and  continuously  in  the  public -schools  of  the  State 
of  Nevada  for  a  period  of  seventy-two  months.  A  life  diploma  granted 
diider  this  section  shall  be  of  the  same  grade  as  the  certificate  held  by 
the  applicant  at  the  time  of  application  for  the  diploma,  and  shall 
entitle  the  holder  thereof  to  teach  in  any  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada 
of  a  grade  corresponding  to  the  grade  of  the  certificate  upon  which  the 
life  diploma  was  granted. 

State  Educational  Diplomas. 

SEC.  20.  State  educational  diplomas  may  be  issued  to  such  persons 
only  as  have  held  a  certificate  of  high-school  grade,  and  shall  furnish 
satisfactory  evidence  of  having  been  successfully  engaged  in  teaching 
at  least  forty-five  months  in  the  public  schools,  twenty  months  of  which 
must  have  been  in  Nevada.  Every  application  for  an  educational 
diploma  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certified  copy  of  a  resolution  adopted 
by  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  the  district  in  which  the  applicant 
has  taught  at  least  one  year.  An  educational  diploma  shall  entitle  the 
holder  thereof  to  teach  in  any  public  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada 
without  further  examination. 

Conditions  of  Issuance. 

SEC.  21.  Life  diplomas  may  be  issued  on  all  and  the  same  conditions 
as  educational  diplomas,  except  that  the  applicant  must  furnish  satis- 
factory evidence  of  having  been  successfully  engaged  in  teaching 
seventy-two  months  in  public  schools,  twenty-four  of  which  must  have 


20  SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

been  in  Nevada.    A  life  diploma  shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof  to  teach 
in  any  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada  without  further  examination. 

Different  Certificates  to  Certain  Graduates  of  Nevada  State  Normal 

School. 

SEC.  22.  High-school  certificates,  good  for  five  years,  shall  be  issued 
to  graduates  of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School,  advanced  course. 
Grammar-school  certificates,  good  for  five  years,  shall  be  issued  to  grad- 
uates of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School,  elementary  course.  To  the 
graduates  of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School  who  hold  high-school  cer- 
tificates, the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  grant  a  life  diploma  of 
high-school  grade  when  said  graduates  shall  have  completed  at  least 
forty-five  months  of  successful  teaching  in  public  schools.  To  all  grad- 
uates of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School  who  hold  a  grammar-school 
certificate,  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  grant  a  life  diploma  of 
the  grammar  grade  when  said  graduates  shall  have  completed  at  least 
forty-five  months  of  successful  instruction  in  public  schools. 

Other  Graduates  Privileged. 

SEC.  23.  Graduates  of  universities,  colleges,  and  normal  schools 
approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  be  permitted  to  submit 
their  credentials  from  such  institutions,  and  to  the  extent  that  these 
credentials  give  evidence  of  scholarship  and  professional  preparation 
they  shall  be  accepted  in  lieu  of  examination. 

Life  Certificates  of  Other  States. 

SEC.  24.  Any  teacher  holding  a  life  certificate  from  another  State 
shall  be  permitted  to  submit  such  certificate  as  evidence  of  his  or  her 
fitness  for  teaching,  and  if  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  be  satis- 
fied that  the  State  which  issued  such  certificate  maintains  a  high  pro- 
fessional standard,  said  board  may  issue  a  certificate  for  teaching  in 
this  State  of  such  grade  as  it  shall  deem  proper.  [Such  credentials 
should  be  forwarded  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  Car- 
son City,  Nevada.] 

All  Papers  Graded  by  Board  of  Educational  Examiners. 

SEC.  25.  All  examination  papers  for  teachers'  certificates  shall  be 
examined  and  graded  under  the  authority  of  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion by  the  Board  of  Educational  Examiners,  which  shall  consist  of  at 
least  two  members  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  the  Deputy  Super- 
intendents of  Public  Instruction,  and  such  other  persons,  not  to  exceed 
three  in  number,  as  may  be  appointed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction.  The  Board  of  Educational  Examiners  shall  certify  the 
grade  of  each  applicant  in  each  subject  to  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion. Persons  appointed  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
as  members  of  the  Board  of  Educational  Examiners  shall  receive  com- 
pensation at  the  rate  of  five  dollars  a  day  for  the  time  actually  employed 
in  such  service,  to  be  paid  out  of  the  State  General  Fund  in  the  usual 
manner. 

Special  Certificates. 

SEC.  26.     The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  grant  special  certifi- 


SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  21 

cates  valid  for  teaching  music,  drawing,  manual  training,  penmanship, 
kindergarten  work,  or  any  specified  foreign  language,  provided  that  it 
shall  be  satisfied  that  the  applicant  is  qualified  to  teach  such  special 
subject.  The  board  shall  determine  as  to  the  fitness  of  the  applicant  by 
whatever  method  shall  appear  to  be  most  appropriate.  Such  certificate 
shall  be  valid  for  two  years.  A  special  certificate  shall  entitle  the  holder 
to  teach  only  the  subject  or  subjects  mentioned  in  the  certificate. 

Tc  niporary  Certificates — Restriction. 

SEC.  27.  The  State  Board  of  Education  may,  at  its  discretion,  issue 
temporary  certificates  without  examination ;  provided,  that  such  certifi- 
cate shall  be  issued  only  upon  request  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees 
of  a  school  district  in  this  State,  and  that  such  certificate  shall  be  valid 
only  in  the  district  from  which  the  request  is  made,  and  such  certificate 
shall  be  valid  only  until  the  next  teachers '  ^examination  held  in  the 
county  in  which  such  person  shall  be  teaching.  If  any  member  of  the 
Board  of  School  Trustees  making  the  above-mentioned  request  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  family  or  a  near  relative  of  the  applicant,  the  certificate  shall 
not  be  granted.  Not  more  than  one  temporary  certificate  shall  be 
granted  to  any  one  person. 

Age  Limit. 

SEC.  28.  No  certificate  authorized  by  this  Act  shall  be  issued  to  any 
person  under  sixteen  years  of  age. 

DUTIES  OP  TEACHERS. 

Teacher  Must  Be  Legally  Employed. 

SEC.  29.  No  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  the 
public  school  moneys  as  compensation  for  services  rendered,  unless  such 
teacher  shall  have  been  legally  employed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  nor 
unless  such  teacher  shall  have  a  certificate  issued  in  accordance  with 
law.  in  full  force  and  effect  at  the  time  such  service  is  rendered,  nor 
unless  such  teacher  shall  have  made  a  full  and  correct  report,  in  the 
form  and  manner  prescribed  by  law,  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  and  to  the  Board  of  School  Trustees. 

Teachers  to  Take  Official  Oath. 

SEC.  30.  Each  and  every  teacher  employed  in  this  State,  whose  com- 
pensation is  payable  out  of  the  public  funds,  shall  take  and  subscribe 
to  the  oath  as  prescribed  by  the  fifteenth  article  of  the  State  Constitu- 
tion before  entering  upon  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  such  teacher. 
Such  oath,  when  so  taken  and  subscribed  to,  shall,  if  that  of  a  teacher 
in  the  State  University,  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Board  of  Regents ; 
if  of  any  other  class  of  teachers,  the  same  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

The  oath  is  as  follows : 

I, vdo  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  will  support, 

protect,  and  defend  the  Constitution  and  Government  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  Constitution  and  Government  of  the  State  of  Nevada, 
against  all  enemies,  whether  domestic  or  foreign,  and  that  I  will  bear 
true  faith,  allegiance,  and  loyalty  to  the  same,  any  ordinance,  resolution, 


22  SCHOOL,   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

or  law  of  any  State  Convention  or  Legislature  to  the  contrary  notwith- 
standing ;  and  further,  that  I  do  this  with  a  full  determination,  pledge, 
and  purpose,  without  any  mental  reservation  or  evasion  whatsoever. 
And  I  do  further  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  have  not  fought  a 
duel,  nor  sent  or  accepted  a  challenge  to  fight  a  duel,  nor  been  a  second 
to  either  party,  nor  in  any  manner  aided  or  assisted  in  such  duel,  nor 
been  knowingly  the  bearer  of  such  challenge  or  acceptance,  since  the 
adoption  of  the  Constitution  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  and  that  I  will  not 
be  so  engaged  or  concerned,  directly  nor  indirectly,  in  or  about  such 
duel,  during  my  continuance  in  office.  And  further,  that  I  will  well  and 

laithfully  perform  all  the  duties  of  the  office  of... on  which 

I  am  about  to  enter  (if  an  oath),  "so  help  me  God" ;  (if  an  affirmation) 
"under  the  pains  and  penalties  of  perjury."  Sworn  and  subscribed  to 

before  me,  a of  the  County  of and  State  of 

Nevada,  this day  of ,  Anno  Domini 

School  Officers  May  Administer  Oath. 

SEC.  31.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  the  Deputy 
Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction  are  hereby  authorized  to  admin- 
ister the  oath  (or  affirmation)  to  teachers  and  all  other  oaths  (or  affir- 
mations) relating  to  public  schools.  The  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School 
Trustees  is  hereby  authorized  to  administer  the  oath  (or  affirmation)  to 
teachers  and  School  Census  Marshals.  No  officer  shall  receive  any  com- 
pensation for  administering  the  oath  (or  affirmation)  as  provided  in 
this  section. 

School  Register. 

SEC.  32.  All  teachers  of  public  schools  shall  keep  registers  of  all  the 
scholars  attending  such  schools,  their  age,  daily  attendance,  and  time  of 
continuance  at  school,  and  such  further  statistics  as  may  be  required  by 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  shall  deliver  such  regis- 
ters, at  the  close  of  their  term  of  employment,  to  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  their  respective  districts. 

BOARDS  OF  TRUSTEES  OF  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS. 

[For  Election  o|  Trustees,  see  Chapters  V  and  VI.] 

Meetings  of  Trustees — Duties  of  Clerk — Compensation. 

SEC.  33.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  a  majority 
of  whom  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  to 
meet  as  soon  as  practicable  after  taking  the  oath  of  office,  at  such  place 
as  may  be  most  convenient  in  the  district,  and  to  organize  by  appoint- 
ing one  of  their  number  President  of  the  Board  and  another  as  Clerk. 
It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  to  preside  at  the  meetings  of  the 
board.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Clerk  to  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  board  in  a  book  to  be  provided  for  the  purpose ;  and  all  such  pro- 
ceedings, when  so  recorded,  shall  be  signed  by  said  Clerk.  Said  book 
shall  at  all  times  be  subject  to  the  inspection  of  any  taxpayer  in  the  dis- 
trict ;  and  said  Clerk  shall  cause  full  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  each 
session  of  the  board  to  be  published  in  some  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  district;  provided,  that  such  publication  can  be  had 
Avithout  expense  to  the  district.  In  districts  having  a  school  population 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  23 

of  three  hundred  or  more  and  not  exceeding  one  thousand  the  Clerk  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees  may  receive  such  salary  as  said  board  may  allow ; 
provided,  that  such  salary  shall  not  exceed  ten  dollars  per  month ;  pro- 
vided, that  in  districts  having  a  school  population  of  one  thousand  or 
more  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  receive  not  to  exceed 
twenty-five  dollars. 

Meetings  Monthly.  ' 

SEC.  34.  In  all  school  districts  in  which  there  are  not  less  than  three 
hundred  school  census  children,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school 
census  report,  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  shall  hold  a  regular  meeting 
at  least  once  each  month,  at  such  time  and  place  as  it  shall  determine, 
and  public  notice  of  such  meetings  shall  be  given  in  one  or  more  news- 
papers published  in  such  district;  provided,  that  such  notices  can  be 
published  without  cost  to  the  district. 

Majority  Vote  to  Legalize  Action. 

SEC.  35.  No  action  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  in  any  school 
district  shall  be  valid  unless  such  action  shall  receiye  the  approval  of  a 
majority  of  the  members  of  such  board  at  a  regularly  called  meeting. 
The  Clerk  of  the  Board  shall  give  at  least  two  days '  notice  of  each  meet- 
ing to  each  member  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees,  specifying  the  time 
and  place  of  each  meeting ;  provided,  that  if  all  members  of  such  board 
are  present  at  such  meeting  the  lack  of  such  notification  shall  not  invali- 
date its  proceedings. 

Corporate  Powers  of  School  Trustees — State  Superintendent  to  Approve 

Plans. 

SEC.  36.  Each  Board  of  Public  School  Trustees  shall  constitute  a 
body  corporate,  and  shall  have  care  and  custody  of  all  school  property 
within  their  district.  They  shall  have  power  to  convey  by  deed  all 
estate  or  interest  of  their  district  in  any  schoolhouse  or  site  directed  to 
be  sold  by  vote  of  the  district.  It  shall  be  their  duty,  directed  by  a  vote 
of  their  district,  to  build,  purchase  or  hire  schoolhouses  for  the  use  of 
the  district,  and  also,  without  such  vote,  to  cause  needed  repairs  of  the 
same,  when  the  expense  of  such  repairs  will  not  exceed  five  hundred 
dollars,  and  to  supply  schoolhouses  with  the  necessary  furniture,  fixtures, 
and  fuel ;  provided,  that  no  public  schoolhouse  shall  be  erected  in  any 
school  district  in  the  State  until  the  plan  of  the  same  has  been  sub- 
mitted to  and  approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 
The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  may  refuse  to  approve  bills 
in  payment  of  expenses  incurred  in  disregard  of  this  provision.  Trus- 
tees shall  cause  to  be  erected  such  outhouses  as  decency  requires,  and 
in  case  of  failure  or  neglect  in  this  particular  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  cause  the  work  to  be  done,  and 
to  pay  for  the  same  out  of  the  funds  belonging  to  the  delinquent  dis- 
trict. All  conveyances  of  real  estate  made  to  the  Board  of  School  Trus- 
tees shall  be  in  their  name  corporate  and  to  their  successors  in  office. 

Trustees  Not  Pecuniarily  Interested. 

SEC.  37.  No  Trustee  shall  be  pecuniarily  interested  in  any  contract 
made  bv  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  which  he  is  a  member. 


24  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

Report  of  Clerk. 

SEC.  38.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School 
Trustees  of  each  district  to  report  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  the  number  of  schools,  specifying  the  different  grades,  the 
number  of  teachers,  male  and  female ;  the  number  of  children,  male  and 
female,  who  have  attended  school  within  the  past  year ;  the  average 
attendance ;  the  length  of  the  term  of  school ;  the  compensation  of  teach- 
ers, male  and  female ;  the  number  and  condition  of  the  schoolhouses  and 
furniture,  and  the  estimated  value  thereof;  the  number  of  books  in 
public-school  libraries ;  the  text-books  used  in  schools ;  the  value  and 
kind  of  school  apparatus ;  district  taxation  and  subscription  for  school 
purposes ;  the  amount  expended  in  erecting  and  furnishing  schoolhouses, 
and  other  such  statistics  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
may  require. 

City  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

SEC.  39.  All  school  districts  in  Nevada  are  hereby  divided  into  two 
classes.  Districts  employing  ten  or  more  teachers  shall  be  known  as 
districts  of  the  first  class,  and  districts  employing  less  than  ten  teachers 
shall  be  known  as  districts  of  the  second  class.  The  Board  of  School 
Trustees  of  any  district  of  the  first  class  is  hereby  authorized  to  create 
the  office  of  City  Superintendent  of  Schools  for  such  district,  to  define 
the  powers  and  duties  of  such  Superintendent,  to  elect  to  said  office  any 
person  entitled  to  teach  in  the  high  schools  of  this  State,  and  to  fix 
the  salary;  provided,  that  no  City  Superintendent  shall  be  elected  for 
more  than  one  year,  unless  said  City  Superintendent  shall  have  first 
served  one  year  acceptably  in  the  district,  when  said  Board  of  Trustees 
is  empowered  to  elect  said  Superintendent  for  a  term  not  to  exceed  four 
years ;  provided,  further,  that  said  Superintendent  may  be  dismissed  at 
any  time  for  cause.  As  amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  323. 

Trustees    to   Fix   Salaries    of    Teachers — No   Discrimination   Against 

Females. 

SEC.  40.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  to 
employ  teachers,  to  determine  the  salary  to  be  paid  and  the  length  of  the 
term  of  employment  *f or  such  teachers,  embodying  these  conditions  in  a 
written  contract  to  be  signed  by  the  Clerk,  at  the  order  of  the  board, 
and  by  the  teacher ;  provided,  that  the  board  shall  not  have  the  right  to 
employ  teachers  for  any  term  of  service  commencing  after  the  time  for 
which  any  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  was  elected.  The  salaries 
of  teachers  shall  be  determined  by  the  character  of  the  service  required, 
and  in  no  district  shall  there  be  any  discrimination  in  the  matter  of 
salary  as  against  female  teachers. 

Clerk  to  Issue  Warrants. 

SEC.  41.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School 
Trustees  in  each  district,  subject  to  the  direction  of  said  board,  to  draw 
all  orders  for  the  payment  of  the  moneys  belonging  to  his  district,  and 
such  orders,  when  signed  by  the  President  and  the  Clerk  of  the  Board 
of  School  Trustees  of  such  district,  shall  be  valid  vouchers  in  the  hands 
of  the  County  Auditor  for  warrants  on  the  County  Treasurer,  to  be  paid 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  .   25 

out  of  funds  belonging  to  such  district ;  provided,  that  no  warrant  for 
the  payment  of  money  for  a  new  school  building  or  for  repairs  or  furni- 
ture in  excess  of  five  hundred  dollars  shall  be  issued  unless  the  order 
shall  be  approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

Itemized  Statement  of  Bills. 

SEC.  42.  All  such  orders  shall  be  accompanied  by  an  itemized  state- 
ment of  the  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  the  order  is  issued,  and  such 
statement  shall  be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  County  Auditor,  sub- 
ject to  inspection  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  or  his 
deputy,  until  ordered  to  be  destroyed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 
No  order  for  the  payment  of  the  money  of  any  district  shall  be  issued 
by  the  Clerk  of  such  district  unless  there  shall  be  in  the  county  treasury 
credited  to  such  district  a  sum  of  money  equal  to  the  amount  for  which 
the  order  is  issued,  and  available  for  the  purpose  of  such  order.  If  the 
Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  any  district  shall  draw  any 
order  for  the  payment  of  school  moneys  in  violation  of  the  laws  of  this 
State,  the  members  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  such  district  shall 
be  jointly  and  severally  liable  for  the  amount  of  such  order. 

Trustees  Must  Visit  Schools. 

SEC.  43.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees,  as 
represented  by  at  least  one  member,  to  visit  the  school  or  schools  under 
their  charge  at  least  once  each  year.  The  board  may  invite  other  com- 
petent persons  to  visit  the  school  or  schools  and  report  as  to  the  build- 
ing, the  equipment,  the  health  of  the  pupils,  and  as  to  the  management 
and  instruction  of  the  pupils. 

Powers  and  Duties  of  Trustees. 

SEC.  44.  The  School  Trustees  shall  have  power,  and  it  shall  be  their 
duty : 

First — To  provide  schoolhouses  with  maps,  blackboards,  furniture, 
and  other  necessary  apparatus,  including  library  and  cabinet  cases,  if 
deemed  expedient,  and  pay  for  the  same  out  of  the  county  school  moneys 
belonging  to  their  district. 

Second — To  provide  books  for  the  indigent  children,  and  record-books 
for  the  district,  and  to  pay  for  the  same  out  of  the  county  school  moneys 
belonging  to  their  district. 

Third — To  divide  the  public  schools  within  their  district  into  kinder- 
garten, primary,  grammar,  and  high-school  departments,  and  to  employ 
competent  and  legally  qualified  teachers  for  the  instruction  of  the  dif- 
ferent departments  whenever  they  shall  deem  such  division  into  depart- 
ments advisable;  provided,  there  shall  be  such  means  for  all  such 
departments,  and  if  not,  then  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  herein 
named,  excepting  the  kindergarten  department,  which  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered as  taking  precedence  of  any  other  department ;  provided,  also, 
that  the  kindergarten  department  shall  not  be  established  in  a  school 
district  having  a  school  census  population  of  less  than  three  hundred. 

Fourth — To  suspend  or  expel  from  any  public  school  within  their 
district,  with  the  advice  of  the  teachers,  any  pupil  who  will  not  submit 
to  reasonable  and  ordinary  rules  of  order  and  discipline  therein,  and  to 


26  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

exclude  from  school  children  under  six  years  of  age  when  the  interest 
of  the  school  requires  it  to  be  done. 

Fifth — To  apportion  the  school  fund  among  the  several  schools  within 
their  districts  in  proportion  to  the  average  number  of  pupils  attending 
such  schools. 

Sixth — At  the  close  of  their  official  term  to  deliver  over  their  books 
of  record,  and  all  papers,  books,  blanks,  documents,  money,  and  all  other 
property  in  their  hands  as  such  Trustees,  to  their  successors  in  office, 
and  take  their  receipt  for  the  same,  which  receipt  shall  be  filed  with  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

Further  Powers. 

SEC.  45.     The  School  Trustees  shall  have  power : 

First — [Abrogated  by  "An  Act  to  provide  for  Union  School  Dis- 
tricts," approved  March  3,  1909.  See  Chapter  X.] 

Second — To  make  arrangements  with  the  Trustees  of  any  adjoining 
district  for  the  attendance  of  such  children  in  the  school  of  either  dis- 
trict as  may  be  most  convenient,  and  to  transfer  the  school  moneys  due 
by  apportionment  to  such  children  to  the  district  in  which  they  may 
attend  school.  The  School  Trustees  of  any  district  may  transfer  to  an 
adjoining  district  any  child,  together  with  all  school  moneys  due  by 
apportionment  to  such  child,  whenever  the  parent  or  guardian  shall  pre- 
sent a  written  request  accompanied  by  a  written  permit  from  the  Board 
of  School  Trustees  of  the  adjoining  district. 

[For  furthers  powers  of  Trustees,  see  Chap.  VII.] 

SCHOOL  DISTRICTS. 

But  One  District  in  Town  or  City — Five  Trustees,  When. 

SEC.  46.  Each  village,  town,  or  incorporated  city  of  this  State  shall 
constitute  but  one  school  district;  and  the  public  schools  therein  shall 
be  under  the  supervision  and  control  of  the  Trustees  thereof ;  provided, 
in  all  such  villages,  towns,  and  cities  wherein  the  aggregate  number  of 
registered  voters  thereof,  at  the  last  previous  general  election,  exceeds 
fifteen  hundred,  there  shall  be  elected  five  instead  of  three  Trustees. 

[See  also  Chap.  V,  Sections  1-3.] 

County  Commissioners  May  Change  Districts — New  Districts. 

SEC.  47.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  several  counties 
of  this  State  are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  create  new  school 
districts,  change  the  boundaries  of  school  districts  heretofore  estab- 
lished, or  abolish  the  same  whenever  in  their  judgment  it  shall  be  for 
the  best  interests  of  the  common  schools  to  do  so;  provided,  that  the 
boundaries  of  any  school  district  shall  not  be  changed  nor  shall  any 
school  district  with  the  legal  number  of  school  children  within  said  dis- 
trict be  abolished  for  the  purpose  of  joining  or  consolidating  said  school 
district  with  another  school  district  unless  a  petition  signed  by  at  least 
three-fifths  of  the  residents  of  said  district  be  presented  to  said  Board 
of  County  Commissioners  praying  for  the  change  in  the  boundaries  or 
for  the  abolishment  of  said  district ;  provided  further,  that  when  a  new 
school  district  is  organized  school  shall  be  commenced  within  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty  days  from  the  action  of  the  Board  of  County  Com- 


SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  27 

missioners  creating  such  new  school  district,  and  if  school  shall  not  be 
commenced  within  the  said  one  hundred  and  twenty  days  in  the  said 
new  district,  then  such  action  shall  become  void,  and  no  such  district 
shall  exist ;  and  provided  further,  that  no  district  organized  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  after  its  passage  shall  exceed  in  size  sixteen  miles 
square. 

[For  disposition  of  funds  and  property  of  abolished  school  districts, 
see  Chap.  XIII. ] 

[For  provision  for  enlarging  school  districts,  see  Chap.  XI.] 

But  One  School,  When. 

SEC.  48.  In,  any  neighborhood  or  community  containing  not  more 
than  twenty  school  census  children,  and  where  one  school  can  accommo- 
date all  the  school  census  children  therein,  although  the  most  distant 
school  census  child  resides  not  to  exceed  five  miles  from  the  schoolhouse, 
but  one  school  shall  receive  public  school  money,  and  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  shall  decide  the  schoolhouse  in  which  the 
school  shall  be  kept  open. 

At  Least  Five  Children  for  a  District. 

SEC.  49.  No  school  district  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  moneys  from 
the  county  funds  unless  there  shall  be  residing  in  the  district  at  least 
five  school  census  children. 

School  Must  Be  Maintained  at  Least  Three  Months  in   the  Year — 

Division  of  District. 

SEC.  50.  No  school  district,  except  when  newly  organized,  shall  be 
entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  the  public  school  moneys  in  which 
there  shall  not  have  been  taught  a  public  school  for  at  least  three  months 
within  the  year  ending  the  last  day  of  August  previous ;  and  no  public 
school  shall  receive  any  moneys,  benefits,  or  immunities  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  unless  such  school  shall  have  been  instructed  by  a 
teacher  or  teachers  duly  examined,  approved,  and  employed  by  legal 
authority,  as  herein  provided.  When  a  new  district  is  formed  by  the 
division  of  an  old  one.  it  shall  be  entitled  to  a  just  share  of  the  school 
moneys  to  the  credit  of  the  old  district  after  the  payment  of  all  out- 
standing debts  at  the  time  when  a  school  was  actually  commenced  in 
such  new  district;  and  the  Superintendent  of  Public  instruction  shall 
divide  and  apportion  such  remaining  money  according  to  the  number 
of  census  children  resident  in  each  district,  for  which  purpose  he  may 
order  a  census  to  be  taken,  the  expenses  of  which  shall  be  met  as  pro- 
vided in  section  seventy  of  this  Act. 

Joint  School  District,  When. 

SEC.  51.  A  joint  school  district  may  be  formed  of  parts  of  two  or 
more  counties,  provided  a  majority  of  the  qualified  voters  in  that  part 
of  each  county  which  it  is  proposed  to  include  in  such  joint  district  shall 
petition  for  the  creation  of  such  joint  district,  such  petition  to  contain 
a  description  of  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed  joint  district.  When 
such  identical  petition  is  presented  to  the  Board  of  County  Commis- 
sioners in  each  county  in  which  any  part  of  the  territory  of  said  pro- 
posed joint  district  is  located,  such  boards  shall,  if  they  favor  the 


28  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

establishment  of  a  joint  district,  provide  for  such  establishment,  and 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  appoint  the  members  of 
the  Board  of  School  Trustees,  who  shall  serve  until  their  successors  are 
elected  and  qualified  according  to  law. 

State  Superintendent  to  Apportion  Funds,  How. 

SEC.  52.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  apportion 
the  county  school  funds  to  any  such  joint  district  as  follows :  In  appor- 
tioning sixty  per  cent  of  the  school  funds  of  any  county  he  shall  appor- 
tion to  a  joint  district  the  regular  amount  per  census  child  residing  in 
that  county.  In  apportioning  forty  per  cent  of  the  county  school  funds 
of  any  county  he  shall  consider  the  teacher  as  belonging  in  part  to  each 
county,  part  of  which  lies  in  the  joint  district,  and  the  part  belonging 
to  any  county  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  school  census  chil- 
dren in  that  county. 

GENERAL  PROVISIONS. 

School  Year. 

SEC.  53.  The  public  school  year  shall  commence  on  the  first  day  of 
September  and  shall  end  on  the  last  day  of  August. 

School  Month. 

SEC.  54.  Except  when  special  agreement  is  made,  a  school  month 
shall  consist  of  four  weeks  of  five  days  each,  and  teachers  shall  be  paid 
only  for  the  time  in  which  they  are  actually  engaged  in  teaching ;  pro- 
vided, that  when  an  intermission  of  less  than  six  days  is  ordered  by  the 
Trustees  no  deduction  of  salary  shall  be  made  therefor. 

Sectarian  Literature  Prohibited. 

SEC.  55.  No  books,  tracts,  or  papers  of  a  sectarian  or  denominational 
character  shall  be  used  or  introduced  in  any  schools  established  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act ;  nor  shall  any  sectarian  or  denominational 
doctrines  be  taught  therein ;  nor  shall  any  school  whatever  receive  any 
of  the  public  school  funds  which  has  not  been  taught  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

[See  also  Constitution,  Article  XI,  Sections  9  and  10.] 

School  Property  Exempt  From  Taxation. 

SEC.  56.  All  lots,  buildings,  or  other  school  property,  owned  by  any 
district,  town,  or  city,  and  devoted  to  public  school  purposes,  shall  be, 
and  the  same  are  hereby,  exempted  from  taxation  and  from  sale  on  any 
execution  or  other  writ  or  order  in  the  nature  of  an  execution. 

[See  also  Chapter  XXXV,  Section  5.] 

Hygiene  to  be  Taught. 

SEC.  57.  Physiology  and  hygiene  shall  be  taught  in  the  public  schools 
of  this  State,  and  especial  attention  shall  be  given  to  the  effects  of  stim- 
ulants and  narcotics  upon  the  human  system. 

SCHOOL    CENSUS    MARSHAL. 

May  Be  Females. 

SEC.  58.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  each 
district  to  appoint  a  competent  person  over  twenty-one  years  of  age  as 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  29 

School  Census  Marshal  before  the  first  day  of  March  of  each  school  year 
and  to  notify  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  of  such  appoint- 
ment immediately  after  it  is  made.  This  section  shall  not  be  construed 
in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent  the  appointment  of  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  School  Trustees  or  of  a  woman  as  School  Census  Marshal.  Before 
the  School  Census  Marshal  shall  enter  upon  the  performance  of  his 
duties  he  shall  take  and  subscribe  to  the  oath  of  office,  and  such  oath 
shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruetkm.- 

Blanks  for  Marshal. 

SEC.  59.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  supply  each 
School  Census  Marshal  with  printed  instructions  as  to  his  duty,  and 
with  all  blank  forms  required  for  taking  and  reporting  the  census. 

Duties  of  School  Census  Marshal. 

SEC.  60.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  School  Census  Marshal  of  each 
district  to  take  annually  in  the  month  of  April  a  census  of  the  resident 
children  of  the  district  for  which  he  shall  have  been  appointed,  and  to 
report  the  same  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  The  term 
"resident  children,"  as  used  in  this  section,  shall  be  defined  in  such  a 
way  as  to  include :  First,  children  residing  with  their  parents  or  guar- 
dians in  such  district ;  second,  children  temporarily  residing  outside  of 
said  district  for  the  purpose  of  attending  institutions  of  learning  or 
benevolent  institutions,  such  as  schools  for  the  deaf  and  blind  and 
orphans'  homes;  provided,  that  the  parents  of  such  children  shall  be 
residing  in  such  district  on  the  first  day  of  April ;  and  provided  further, 
that  the  children  themselves  shall  have  been  actual  residents  of  the  dis- 
trict immediately  previous  to  the  time  of  such  outside  residence.  The 
term  "resident  children"  shall  be  further  defined  in  such  a  way  as  to 
exclude:  First,  Indian  children  who  shall  not  have  attended  public 
school  during  the  last  preceding  year;  second,  children  temporarily 
visiting  in  or  passing  through  said  district;  third,  children  who  have 
never  actually  resided  within  the  district,  even  in  cases  where  the  par- 
ents or  guardian  shall  reside  in  such  district ;  fourth,  children  who  are 
residing  in  the  district  for  the  purpose  of  attending  institutions  of 
learning  or  benevolent  institutions;  and,  in  general,  all  children  who 
may  properly  be  included  in  the  census  of  some  other  district. 

Same. 

SEC.  61.  The  School  Census  Marshal  shall  visit  each  home,  habita- 
tion, residence,  domicile,  or  place  of  abode  in  his  district  and  require 
the  necessary  information  of  parents  or  others  competent  to  give  accu- 
rate information,  supplementing  arid  correcting  this  by  actual  observa- 
tion when  necessary.  The  School  Census  Marshal  shall  have  power  to 
administer  the  legal  oath  to  parents,  guardians,  and  other  persons  fur- 
nishing such  information. 

Report  of  Marshal,  What  to  Contain. 

SEC.  62.  The  report  of  the  School  Census  Marshal  shall  be  made 
upon  blank  forms  to  be  furnished  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  and  shall  show  the  following  facts : 

First — The  full  names  of  all  children  less  than  twenty  years  old  and 


30  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

residing  in  the  district  011  the  first  day  of  April,  such  names  to  be  given 
by  families  under  the  name  of  the  parents  or  guardian. 

Second — The  year,  month,  and  day  on  which  each  child  was  born,  and 
the  age  in  years,  counting  to  the  first  day  of  April. 

Third — The  sex  and  color  of  each  child. 

Fourth — The  place  of  birth  of  each  child  and  of  each  parent. 

Fifth — The  total  number  of  children  less  than  six  years  of  age ;  the 
total  number  not  less  than  six  nor  over  eighteen  years  of  age,  and  the 
total  number  of  children  over  eighteen  and  less  than  twenty-one  years 
of  age,  counting  from  the  first  day  of  April.  Only  those  children  who 
are  not  less  than  six  nor  over  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  be  considered 
as  school  census  children. 

Sixth — Such  other  facts  as  the  State  Board  of  Education  may  require. 

Districts  in  Two  Counties. 

SEC.  63.  In  the  case  of  districts  lying  partly  in  two  or  more  coun- 
ties, the  School  Census  Marshal  shall  report  separately  the  children  of 
each  county. 

State  Superintendent  to  Appoint  School  Census  Marshal,  '\Yhen. 

SEC.  64.  If  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  any  district  shall  fail  to 
appoint  a  School  Census  Marshal  and  to  notify  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  of  the  same,  as  provided  in  section  fifty-eight  of  this 
Act,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to 
call  the  attention  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  such  district  to  such 
failure,  and  if  a  notification  of  an  appointment  is  not  received  at  his 
office  before  the  first  day  of  April,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion shall  appoint  the  School  Census  Marshal  for  such  district,  such 
appointee  to  proceed  in  like  manner  as  if  appointed  by  the  Board  'of 
School  Trustees,  and  any  appointment  of  Census  Marshal  made  by  the 
Board  of  School  Trustees  of  such  district  shall  be  void. 

Clerk  to  Examine  Marshal's  Report. 

SEC.  65.  Immediately  after  the  School  Census  Marshal  shall  have 
completed  the  work  of  taking  the  census,  he  shall  submit  a  report  of  the 
same,  according  to  a  form  to  be  prescribed  b}^  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees,  and 
if  the  Clerk  finds  the  report  to  be  correct,  according  to  the  best  of  his 
knowledge,  he  shall  sign  the  same,  after  which  the  Census  Marshal  shall 
transmit  it  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  with  a  sworn 
statement  to  the  effect  that  reasonable  diligence  and  care  have  been 
exercised  and  that,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge,  all  parts  of  the  report 
are  correct. 

Dates  for  Completing  Reports. 

SEC.  66.  In  the  case  of  districts  having  a  school  census  population  of 
less  than  three  hundred  the  report  shall  be  sent  to  the  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  May.  In  the  case  of 
districts  having  over  three  hundred  census  children  the  report  shall  be 
sent  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  before  the  first  day 
of  June. 


SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  31 

State  Xit}><  i'intendcnt  to  Compare  Reports  of  Census  Marshals. 

SEC.  67.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  compare  the 
census  reports  submitted  to  him  by  the  various  School  Census  Marshals 
so  far  as  he  shall  consider  needful,  and  he  shall  strike  from  them  the 
names  of  any  children  whose  names  are,  according  to  his  best  knowledge, 
wrongly  included  in  the  reports,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  correct  all 
manifest  errors  in  such  reports.  In  all  cases  he  shall  make  sufficient 
investigation  to  confirm  him  in  his  action  before  correcting  any  report: 

Special  Census  Marshal,  When. 

SEC.  68.  If  at  any  time  the  Superintendent  shall  have  reason  to 
believe  that  a  report  contains  errors  which  he  is  unable  to  correct,  or  if 
at  any  time  the  report  of  the  School  Census  Marshal  is  not  transmitted 
as  provided  by  section  sixty-six  of  this  Act,  he  may  appoint  a  special 
School  Census  Marshal  who  shall  retake  the  census  as  soon  as  practica- 
ble and  not  later  than  the  thirtieth  day  of  June,  conforming  otherwise 
to  the  rules  governing  the  original  census. 

County  to  Pay  Census  Marshal. 

SEC.  69.  Every  bill  for  the  compensation  of  a  School  Census  Marshal 
shall  be  presented  to  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  county 
in  which  the  district  for  which  he  shall  have  been  appointed  lies,  and 
upon  the  order  of  said  board  shall  be  paid  as  other  claims  out  of  the 
general  fund  of  the  county.  No  bill  for  the  compensation  of  any 
School  Census  Marshal  shall  be  ordered  paid  unless  the  bill  shall  be 
accompanied  by  a  statement  from  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion to  the  effect  that  a  satisfactory  census  report  has  been  returned  as 
provided  by  law. 

Negligence  of  Marshal — Punishment. 

SEC.  70.  If  the  School  Census  Marshal  of  any  district  neglects  or 
refuses  to  make  his  report  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  prescribed  by 
law.  or  if  he.  with  intention  to  defraud  the  State,  or  through  failure  to 
exercise  reasonable  care,  include  the  names  of  children  in  violation  of 
law.  or  if  he  report  their  ages  falsely,  he  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  in 
any  amount  not  less  than  five  or  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  by 
imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  thirty 
days,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  various  District  Attorneys  to  cause 
the  arrest  and  prosecution  of  such  persons  upon  information  furnished 
by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  other  school  officers,  or 
by  other  persons. 

SCHOOL   FUNDS. 

State  Permanent  School  Fund. 

SEC.  7.1.  All  moneys  accruing  to  this  State  from  the  sale  of  lands 
heretofore  given  or  bequeathed,  or  that  may  hereafter  be  given  or 
bequeathed,  for  public  school  purposes;  all  fines  collected  under  the 
penal  laws  of  the  State;  two  per  cent  of  the  gross  proceeds  of  all  toll 
roads  and  bridges,  and  all  estates  that  may  escheat  to  the  State,  shall 
be  and  the  same  are  hereby  solemnly  pledged  for  educational  purposes, 
and  shall  not  be  transferred  to  any  other  fund  for  other  uses,  but  shall 


32  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

constitute  an  irreducible  and  indivisible  fund,  to  be  known  as  the  State 
Permanent  School  Fund,  which  shall  be  invested  as  provided  in  section 
eighty-eight  of  this  Act.  [See  also  Constitution,  Article  XI,  Sec.  3.] 

Ad  Valorem  State  School  Tax. 

SEC.  72.  An  ad  valorem  tax  of  six  cents  on  the  hundred  dollars  of 
all  taxable  property  in  the  State  is  hereby  levied  and  directed  to  be  col- 
lected and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as  other  State  taxes  are  required  to 
be  paid ;  and  said  tax  shall  be  known  as  the  State  School  Tax,  and  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  several  counties  shall,  annually, 
at  the  same  time  other  State  taxes  are  levied,  add  this  to  the  other  taxes 
provided  by  law  to  be  levied  and  collected,  and  it  shall  be  annually  col- 
lected at  the  same  time  and  in  the  same  manner  as  other  State  taxes  are 
collected,  and  if,  from  any  reason  whatever,  in  any  year  said  taxes  are 
not  levied,  as  herein  required,  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners, 
the  County  Auditor  shall  enter  them  on  the  assessment  roll,  as  required 
by  law  for  other  taxes.  [See  State  Tax  Levy,  Chap.  XXXVIII,  Sec.  1.] 

State  Distributive  School  Fund. 

SEC.  73.  All  moneys  derived  from  interest  on  the  State  Permanent 
School  Fund,  together  with  all  moneys  derived  from  the  State  school 
tax,  shall  be  placed  in  and  constitute  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  State 
Distributive  School  Fund,  and  be  apportioned  semi-annually  among  the 
several  counties  of  the  State  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  resident 
children  not  less  than  six  nor  more  than  eighteen  years  of  age  in  the 
respective  counties  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  reports  of  the  School 
Census  Marshals. 

Use  of  Distributive  School  Fund  Restricted. 

SEC.  74.  The  school  moneys  distributed  to  the  various  counties  of 
the  State,  from  the  State  Distributive  School  Fund,  shall  not  be  used 
for  any  other  purpose  than  the  payment  of  qualified  teachers,  under 
this  Act ;  and  no  portion  of  said  fund  shall,  either  directly  or  indirectly, 
be  paid  for  the  erection  of  schoolhouses,  the  use  of  schoolrooms,  furni- 
ture, or  any  other  contingent  expenses  of  public  schools. 

State  Tax,  Use  Restricted. 

SEC.  75.  No  portion  of  the  public  school  funds,  nor  of  the  moneys 
raised  by  State  tax,  or  specially  appropriated  for  the  support  of  public 
schools,  shall  be  devoted  to  any  other  object  or  purpose ;  nor  shall  any 
portion  of  the  public  school  funds,  nor  of  money  raised  by  State  tax  for 
the  support  of  public  schools,  be  in  any  way  segregated,  divided,  or  set 
apart  for  the  use  or  benefit  of  any  sectarian  or  secular  society  or  asso- 
ciation. 

County  School  Tax. 

SEC.  76.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  each  county  shall, 
annually,  at  the  time  of  levying  other  county  taxes,  levy  a  county  school 
tax,  not  to  exceed  fifty  cents  nor  less  than  fifteen  cents  on  each  one  hun- 
dred dollars  valuation  of  taxable  property,  which  tax  shall  be  added  to 
the  county  tax  and  collected  in  the  same  manner,  and  paid  into  the 
county  treasury  as  a  special  deposit,  to  be  drawn  in  the  same  manner 


SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  33 

as  other  public  school  moneys ;  and  should  said  County  Commissioners 
fail  or  neglect  to  levy  said  tax  as  required  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
County  Auditor  to  add  such  tax  as  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  may  deem  sufficient,  between  the  limits  of  fifteen  and  fifty 
cents  on  each  one  hundred  dollars  valuation  of  taxable  property  in  the 
county,  to  the  assessment  roll,  to  be  collected  as  specified  in  this  section. 

Use  of  County  School  Funds. 

SEC.  77.  The  Board  of  Trustees,  or  Board  of  Education,  of  each- 
city,  town,  and  district,  may  use  the  moneys  from  the  county  school 
funds  to  purchase  sites,  build,  or  rent  schoolhouses,  to  purchase  libraries, 
and  to  pay  teachers  or  contingent  expenses  as  they  may  deem  proper. 

METHODS   OF    LEVYING   SPECIAL    SCHOOL    TAXES. 

Special  School  Tax,  When — Popular  Election  to  Decide,  When. 

SEC.  78.  When,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of 
any  district,  the  school  moneys  to  which  such  district  shall  be  entitled 
for  the  coming  school  year  will  not  be  sufficient  to  maintain  the  school 
properly  and  for  a  sufficient  number  of  months,  said  board  shall  have 
power  to  direct  that  a  tax  of  not  more  than  twenty-five  cents  on  the 
one  hundred  dollars  of  assessed  valuation  of  such  district  shall  be 
levied,  and,  upon  notification  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School  Trus- 
tees of  such  district  that  such  action  has  been  taken,  the  Board  of 
County  Commissioners  shall  levy  and  cause  to  be  collected  such  tax 
upon  the  taxable  property  of  such  district;  provided,  that  when  the 
Board  of  School  Trustees  shall  have  decided  to  direct  the  levy  of  such 
tax,  it  shall  give  thirty  days'  notice  of  such  intention  in  one  or  more 
newspapers  published  in  such  district  or  by  posting  notices  in  public 
places;  and  provided  further,  that  the  question  of  such  tax  shall  be 
submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  people  at  a  special  election  if  ten  per  cent  of 
the  qualified  voters  of  such  district  shall  petition  for  such  vote  within 
thirty  days  after  the  publication  of  such  notice ;  and  provided  further, 
that  if  a  majority  of  the  people  voting  at  such  election  shall  vote  against 
the  proposed  tax,  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  shall  not  direct  the 
levy  of  such  tax. 

No  Fees  for  Handling  School  Moneys. 

SEC.  79.  No  tax  collector  or  County  Treasurer  shall  receive  any  fees 
or  compensation  whatever  for  collecting,  receiving,  keeping,  transport- 
ing, or  disbursing  any  school  moneys  mentioned  in  the  preceding  sec- 
tions of  this  Act.  In  case  of  a  special  school  tax  for  any  school  district, 
as  provided  in  sections  eighty-one  and  eighty-two  of  this  Act,  the  Board 
of  County  Commissioners  may  allow  a  reasonable  compensation  for 
assessing  and  collecting  if  such  taxes  are  assessed  and  collected  inde- 
pendently and  separate  from  the  regular  taxes,  such  compensation  to  be 
paid  out  of  the  special  taxes  thus  collected. 

Popular  Election,  Regulations  For — Ballots — School  Tax   Collectible 
Immediately,   When — Recourse  of  Property   Owner — Delinquent 
School  Taxes. 
SEC.  80.     The  Board  of  Trustees  of  any  school  district  may,  when  in 

their  judgment  it  is  advisable,  call  an  election  and  submit  to  the  quali- 
3 


34  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

fied  electors  of  the  district  the  question  whether  a  tax  shall  be  raised  to 
furnish  additional  school  facilities  for  said  district,  or  to  keep  any 
school  or  schools  in  such  district  open  for  a  longer  period  than  the 
ordinary  funds  will  allow,  or  for  building  an  additional  schoolhouse  or 
houses,  or  for  any  two  or  for  all  of  these  purposes.  Such  election  shall 
be  called  by  posting  notices  in  three  of  the  most  public  places  in  the 
district  for  twenty  days,  and  also  if  there  be  a  newspaper  in  the  county 
by  advertisement  therein  once  a  week  for  three  weeks.  Said  notice  shall 
contain  time  and  place  of  holding  the  election,  the  amount  of  money 
proposed  to  be  raised,  and  the  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  it  is 
intended  to  be  used.  The  Trustees  shall  appoint  three  judges  to  con- 
duct the  election,  and  it  shall  be  held  in  all  other  respects  as  nearly  as 
practicable  in  conformity  with  the  general  election  law.  At  such  elec- 
tion the  ballot  shall  contain  the  words:  "Tax — Yes,"  or  "Tax — No." 
If  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  are  "Tax — Yes,"  the  officers  of  the  elec- 
tion shall  certify  the  fact  to  the  County  Commissioners,  together  with  a 
statement  of  the  amount  of  money  proposed  to  be  raised,  who  shall 
ascertain  the  necessary  percentage  on  the  property  of  said  district,  as 
shown  by  the  last  assessment  made  thereof  after  equalization,  to  raise 
the  amount  of  money  voted,  and  shall  add  it  to  the  next  county  tax  to 
be  collected  on  the  property  aforesaid ;  and  the  same  shall  be  paid  into 
the  county  treasury  as  a  special  deposit  in  favor  of  said  school  district, 
to  be  drawn  in  the  same  manner  as  other  school  moneys ;  provided,  if  in 
any  school  district  the  School  Trustees  shall  certify  to  the  County  Com- 
missioners that  the  State  and  county  money  to  which  any  district  is 
entitled  is  not  sufficient  to  keep  school  open  in  such  district  up  to  the 
date  when  State  and  county  taxes  shall  become  due,  the  tax  provided 
for  in  this  section  shall  be  due  and  payable  to  the  Assessor  of  such 
county  in  which  the  tax  is  levied  immediately  after  he  shall  make  the 
assessment  and  demand  for  payment  of  the  tax ;  provided,  the  owner  of 
the  property  shall,  if  he  deem  the  assessment  too  high,  have  the  privilege 
of  submitting  the  assessment  to  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  for 
equalization  within  ten  days  after  demand  made  for  the  payment  of  the 
tax,  and  the  County  Commissioners,  within  five  days  after  complaint 
made  to  them,  shall  meet  and  determine  the  correct  valuation  of  the 
property  assessed,  and  may  change  the  same  by  adding  to  or  deducting 
from  the  sum  fixed  either  by  the  owner  or  Assessor,  and  upon  notice 
to  the  owner  of  the  result  of  their  equalization  the  tax  shall  be  immedi- 
ately payable  to  the  Assessor,  and  if  not  paid  shall  become  delinquent ; 
and  all  taxes  so  assessed  shall  constitute  a  lien  on  the  property  charged 
therewith,  from  the  date  of  the  levy  thereof  by  the  County  Commis- 
sioners, or  entry  thereof  on  the  assessment  roll  by  the  County  Auditor, 
until  the  same  are  paid,  and  thereafter  if  allowed  to  become  delinquent 
shall  be  enforced  in  the  same  manner  as  provided  by'  law  for  the  collec- 
tion of  State  and  county  taxes.  If  for  any  reason  said  tax  is  not  added 
to  the  county  tax  by  the  County  Commissioners,  the  County  Auditor 
shall  enter  it  upon  the  assessment  roll  to  be  charged  against  the  prop- 
erty of  that  district,  on  application  from  the  Trustees  of  said  district. 

District  Tax. 

SEC.  81.     When  the  State  and  county  money  to  which  any  district  is 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  35 

entitled  is  not  sufficient  to  keep  a  school  open  in  such  district  at  least 
six  months  in  each  year,  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  Trustees  of 
such  district  to  levy,  and  they  shall  levy,  a  district  tax  upon  the  tax- 
able property  of  such  district  sufficient  to  raise  an  amount,  which, 
together  with  the  State  and  county  money  to  which  such  district  is 
entitled,  will  keep  a  school  open  six  months  in  each  year ;  and  such  tax 
shall  be  assessed,  equalized,  and  collected  in  the  same  manner  prescribed 
for  assessing,  equalizing,  and  collecting  the  taxes  voted  for  furnishing, 
additional  school  facilities,  in  section  eighty  of  this  Act. 

CUSTODY,    INVESTMENT,    AND   APPORTIONMENT    OF    SCHOOL    FUNDS. 

State  Permanent  School  Fund. 

SEC.  82.  The  State  Controller  shall  keep  a  separate  and  distinct 
account  of  the  State  Permanent  School  Fund,  of  the  interest  and 
income  thereof,  of  such  moneys  as  shall  be  raised  by  the  State  school 
tax,  and  of  all  moneys  derived  from  special  appropriations  or  otherwise 
for  the  support  of  public  schools. 

State  Controller  to  Report  School  Securities. 

SEC.  83.  The  State  Controller  shall,  on  or  before  the  tenth  day  of 
April  and  the  tenth  day  of  October  of  each  year,  make  to  the  State 
Board  of  Education  a  statement  of  the  securities  belonging  to  the  State 
Permanent  School  Fund.  He  shall  also,  on  or  before  the  tenth  day  of 
January  and  the  tenth  day  of  July  of  each  year,  render  to  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  a  statement  of  the  moneys  in  the  treasury 
subject  to  distribution  to  the  several  counties  of  the  State,  as  provided 
in  section  ninety  of  this  Act. 

State  Treasurer  Custodian  of  School  Securities. 

SEC.  84.  The  State  Treasurer  shall  be  the  legal  custodian  of  all 
State  and  National  securities  in  which  the  moneys  of  the  State  Perma- 
nent School  Fund  of  the  State  of  Nevada  are  or  may  hereafter  be 
invested,  and  for  their  safe-keeping  he  shall  be  liable  on  his  official 
bond.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  State  Treasurer  to  pay  over  all  public 
school  moneys  received  by  him  only  on  warrants  of  the  State  Controller, 
issued  upon  the  orders  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction, 
under  seal  of  the  Board  of  Education,  in  favor  of  County  Treasurers, 
or  on  orders  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  for  purposes  of  invest- 
ment, as  provided  in  section  eighty-eight  of  this  Act,  which  orders,  duly 
endorsed,  shall  be  valid  vouchers  in  the  hands  of  the  State  Controller 
for  the  disbursement  of  public  school  moneys. 

County  Treasurers  to  Receive  State  School  Moneys  Semi- Annually. 

SEC.  85.  All  school  moneys  due  each  county  in  the  State  shall  be 
paid  over  by  the  State  Treasurer  to  the  County  Treasurers  on  the  tenth 
day  of  January  and  the  tenth  day  of  July  of  each  year,  or  as  soon 
thereafter  as  the  County  Treasurer  may  apply  for  the  same,  upon  the 
warrant  of  the  State  Controller  drawn  in  conformity  with  the  appor- 
tionment of  the  Superintendent  of  Public .  Instruction,  as  provided  in 
section  eighty-nine  of  this  Act. 

State  Treasurer  to  Turn  Interest  Into  State  Distributive  School  Fund. 
SEC.  86.     When  the  interest  on  any  securities  belonging  to  the  State 


36  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA. 

Permanent  School  Fund  is  due,  the  State  Treasurer  shall,  upon  the 
warrant  of  the  State  Controller  and  in  the  presence  of  a  majority  of 
the  members  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  cut  off  and  pay  the 
coupon  on  such  securities,  and  place  the  moneys  so  paid  into  the  State 
Distributive  School  Fund,  and  keep  a  correct  account  thereof  in  his 
books. 

Duties  of  State  Controller — Investments  Must  Be  Thoroughly  Inves- 
tigated. 

SEC.  87.  It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  State  Controller,  quar- 
terly, to  notify  the  State  Board  of  Education  of  the  amount  of  money 
in  the  State  Permanent  School  Fund,  and  whenever  there  shall  be  a 
sum  in  said  fund  sufficient  for  investment  said  board  shall  direct  the 
State  Treasurer  to  negotiate  for  investment  of  the  same  in  United 
States  securities,  or  in  the  bonds  of  this  State,  or  in  the  bonds  of  other 
States,  at  the  lowest  purchasable  rates,  and  the  board  shall  then  draw 
their  order  upon  the  Controller  in  favor  of  the  State  Treasurer  for  the 
amount  to  be  invested.  Said  Controller  shall  thereupon  draw  his  war- 
rant as  directed,  and  the  State  Treasurer  shall  complete  the  purchase 
of  the  securities  negotiated  for  by  him  in  pursuance  of  this  Act ;  pro- 
vided, that  before  any  such  investment  of  said  school  moneys  as  is 
contemplated  by  the  provisions  of  this  Act  is  made,  said  Board  of  Edu- 
cation shall  require  of  the  Attorney-General  of  this  State  his  legal 
opinion  as  to  the  validity  of  any  Act  or  Acts  of  any  State  under  which 
said  bonds  are  issued  and  in  which  said  Board  of  Education  are  about 
to  make  an  investment ;  and  provided  further,  that  in  no  case  shall  any 
bonds  be  purchased  as  herein  provided  without  said  Board  of  Educa- 
tion making  due  and  diligent  inquiry  as  to  the  financial  standing  and 
responsibility  of  the  State  or  States  whose  bonds  it  is  proposed  to 
purchase. 

Duties  of  County  Treasurers. 

SEC.  88.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  County  Treasurer  of  each 
county : 

First — To  receive  and  hold  as  a  special  deposit  all  public  school 
moneys,  whether  received  by  him  from  the  State  Treasurer  or  raised  by 
the  county  for  the  benefit  of  public  schools,  or  from  any  other  source, 
and  to  keep  separate  accounts  thereof  and  of  their  disbursements. 

Second — On  the  second  Monday  of  June  and  on  the  second  Monday 
of  December  of  each  year  to  notify  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  of  the  amount  of  money  in  the  county  school  fund  subject 
to  distribution. 

Third — To  pay  over  all  public  school  moneys  received  by  him  only 
on  warrants  of  the  County  Auditor,  issued  upon  orders  of  the  Clerks  of 
the  Boards  of  School  Trustees  for  their  respective  school  districts.  All 
orders  issued  by  the  said  Clerks  shall  be  valid  vouchers  in  the  hands  of 
County  Aiiditors  for  warrants  drawn  upon  such  orders ;  provided,  that 
orders  for  the  payment  of  money  for  new  school  buildings  and  for 
repairs  or  furniture  amounting  to  over  five  hundred  dollars  must  be 
approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  before  such  war- 
rants are  drawn. 

Fourth — On  or  before  the  first  day  of  October,  annually,  to  make 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  37 

full  report  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  of  the  public 
school  moneys  received  into  the  county  treasury  within  the  school  year 
ending  on  the  last  day  of  August  next  previous  thereto,  with  a  particu- 
lar statement  of  the  disbursement  of  the  said  school  moneys,  and  of  any 
amount  of  said  school  moneys  which  may  remain  in  his  hands  at  the 
close  of  such  school  year,  designating  whether  of  State  or  county  school 
fund ;  and  in  case  of  failure  or  neglect  of  said  County  Treasurer  to 
make  such  report,  he  shall  forfeit  for  the  benefit  of  the  county  school: 
fund  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars  from  his  official  compensation, 
and  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  County  Commissioners,  on  notice 
from  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  of  such  failure  or  neg- 
lect on  the  part  of  any  County  Treasurer,  to  deduct  said  one  hundred 
dollars  from  his  compensation  and  place  said  amount  to  the  credit  of 
the  county  school  fund. 

State  Superintendent  to  Apportion  School  Moneys. 

SEC.  89.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  immediately  after  the  State  Controller  shall  have  made  his 
semi-annual  report  as  required  in  section  eighty-four  of  this  Act,  to 
apportion  to  the  several  counties  of  the  State  the  moneys  in  the  State 
Distributive  School  Fund.  He  shall  apportion  the  moneys  of  said  fund 
among  the  several  counties  of  the  State  in  proportion  to  the  number  of 
resident  children  not  less  than  six  nor  more  than  eighteen  years  of  age 
in  the  respective  counties,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  reports  of  the 
Census  Marshals,  and  he  shall  furnish  to  the  State  Controller,  to  each 
County  Treasurer,  and  to  each  County  Auditor  an  abstract  of  such 
apportionment,  and  with  such  abstract  he  shall  furnish  each  County 
Treasurer  with  an  order  on  the  State  Controller,  under  seal  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  for  the  amount  of  school  moneys  in  the  State 
Treasury  to  which  such  counties  shall  be  entitled,  and  to  take  such 
County  Treasurer's  receipt  for  the  same. 

Method  of  Apportionment. 

SEC.  90.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall,  immedi- 
ately after  the  State  apportionment  of  school  moneys  is  completed,  pro- 
ceed to  apportion  the  school  moneys  of  each  county  among  its  several 
districts,  apportioning  the  moneys  derived  from  the  State  Distributive 
School  Fund  separate  from  the  other  county  school  moneys.  He  shall 
apportion  all  moneys  as  follows :  First,  he  must  ascertain  the  number 
of  teachers  each  district  is  entitled  to,  by  calculating  one  teacher  for 
every  seventy-five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof  as  shown  by  the 
next  preceding  school  census ;  second,  he  must  ascertain  the  total  num- 
ber of  teachers  for  the  -county  by  adding  together  the  number  of 
teachers  assigned  to  the  several  districts  upon  the  basis  of  one  teacher 
to  each  seventy-five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof ;  third,  forty  per 
cent  of  the  amount  of  the  apportionment  from  the  State  and  county 
school  fund  shall  be  apportioned  equally  to  each  district  for  every 
teacher  assigned  it,  upon  the  basis  of  seventy-five  census  children  or 
fraction  thereof;  fourth,  all  school  moneys  remaining  on  hand,  after 
apportioning  forty  per  cent  of  the  State  and  county  apportionment 
equally  to  each  district  for  every  teacher  assigned  it  upon  the  basis  of 


38  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

seventy-five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof,  must  be  apportioned 
to  the  several  districts  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  children  between 
the  ages  of  six  and  eighteen  years,  as  returned  by  the  School  Trustees 
and  Census  Marshals.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall 
by  means  of  a  printed  report  notify  the  County  Treasurer,  the  County 
Auditor,  and  the  School  Trustees  of  such  apportionment  in  detail. 

[For  apportionment  to  Emergency  School  Fund,  see  Chap.  XII,  Sec- 
tions 1-3.1 

DISTRICT    SCHOOL   LIBRARIES. 

Method  of  Apportionment  for  District  School  Library  Fund. 

SEC.  91.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  in  July  of  each  year,  after  apportioning  the  public  school 
moneys  of  each  county  among  its  respective  districts,  to  set  apart  f< 
each  district  out  of  the  money  thus  appropriated  to  such  district  a  sum 
of  not  less  than  three  dollars  nor  more  than  five  dollars  for  each  teacher 
to  which  the  district  is  entitled,  calculating  one  teacher  for  every 
seventy-five  census  children  or  fraction  thereof,  and  the  further  sum  of 
not  less  than  five  cents  nor  more  than  ten  cents  for  each  census  child 
as  shown  by  the  last  school  census,  and  the  sums  thus  apportioned  shall 
constitute  for  each  district  a  District  School  Library  Fund. 

Amount  of  Same  Determined. 

SEC.  92.  The  amount  of  money  to  be  set  apart  and  apportioned, 
within  the  limits  provided  by  the  preceding  section,  shall  be  determined 
by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

Books  Approved  by  State  Board. 

SEC.  93.  The  moneys  herein  designated  and  apportioned  shall  be 
expended  for  the  purchase  of  books,  approved  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education,  for  the  public  school  library  of  each  district,  and  for  no 
other  purpose,  and  shall  be  paid  out  and  expended  as  the  other  school 
funds  of  such  district  are  now  paid  out. 

Trustees  Authorized. 

SEC.  94.  The  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  each  school  district  in  this 
State  is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  purchase  books  for  public 
school  libraries  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

Rules  for  Libraries. 

SEC.  95.  The  State  Board  of  Education  is  hereby  authorized  and 
directed  to  make  such  rules  and  regulations  for  the  purchase  of  books 
provided  for,  and  for  the  preservation  and  use  thereof,  as  may  be 
proper,  provided  such  rules  and  regulations  do  not  in  any  wise  conflict 
with  the  laws  of  the  State. 

REPEAL   SECTION. 

Repeal  of  Previous  Acts. 

SEC.  96.  An  Act  entitled  "An  Act  to  provide  for  the  maintenance 
and  supervision  of  public  schools, ' '  approved  March  twentieth,  eighteen 
hundred  and  sixty-five;  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  supplementary  to  an 
Act  entitled  'An  Act  to  provide  for  the  maintenance  and  supervision 
of  public  schools,'  approved  March  twentieth,  eighteen  hundred  and 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  39 

sixty-five,  approved  March  eighth,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-seven, 
approved  March  fifth,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-nine,  approved 
March  seventh,  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-three,  approved  March 
fifth,  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-seven, ' '  approved  February  twenty- 
fourth,  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-nine;  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act 
to  provide  for  the  safe-keeping  of  the  securities  of  the  State  School 
Fund, ' '  approved  February  twenty-first,  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy- 
one;  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  to  provide  for  the  maintenance  and 
supervision  of  public  schools,"  approved  March  ninth,  eighteen  hun- 
dred and  eighty-seven ;  an  Act  entitled  * '  An  Act  to  empower  the  State 
Board  of  Education  to  grant  life  diplomas  to  residents  of  Nevada  who 
have  taught  ten  years,"  approved  March  first,  eighteen  hundred  and 
ninety-seven ;  an  Act  entitled  ' '  An  Act  to  empower  the  State  Board  of 
Education  to  grant  life  diplomas  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Nevada 
who  have  received  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,"  approved  March 
eighth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-seven;  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act 
to  authorize  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  issue  special  certificates 
to  teach,"  approved  March  fourteenth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
nine  ;  an  Act  entitled  ' '  An  Act  to  provide  for  uniform  examinations  for 
teachers '  certificates,  and  other  matters  properly  connected  therewith, ' ' 
approved  March  sixth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-three;  an  Act 
entitled  "An  Act  to  provide  for  the  issuing  of  teachers'  certificates  by 
County  Boards  of  Examination,  and  other  matters  properly  connected 
therewith,"  approved  March  twentieth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
five;  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  relating  to  the  duties  of  Census  Mar- 
shals," approved  March  twenty-second,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
seven  ;  an  Act  entitled  ' '  An  Act  to  promote  the  progress  and  efficiency 
of  the  public  schools  by  providing  for  State  Teachers'  Institutes," 
approved  March  sixth,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-three;  an  Act 
entitled  "An  Act  providing  for  public  school  libraries,  and  all  other 
matters  relating  thereto, ' '  approved  March  sixteenth,  nineteen  hundred 
and  five,  are  hereby  repealed. 

Salaries  of  Deputies — Traveling  and  Other  Expenses. 

SEC.  97.  The  compensation  of  each  Deputy  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction  is  hereby  fixed  at  two  thousand  dollars  per  annum  and 
shall  be  paid  out  of  the  General  Fund  of  the  State  as  the  salaries  of 
other  State  officers  are  paid,  together  with  actual  traveling  and  office 
expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  duty  as  required  by  law,  such 
traveling  expenses  to  include  the  cost  of  transportation  and  board  while 
absent  from  their  places  of  residence ;  provided,  that  for  any  period  of 
one  year  there  shall  not  be  more  than  eight  hundred  dollars  ($800)  nor 
less  than  five  hundred  dollars  ($500)  appropriated  by  the  State  to  pay 
the  traveling  expenses  of  any  Deputy  Superintendent,  and  not  more 
than  four  hundred  dollars  ($400)  nor  less  than  three  hundred  dollars 
($300)  shall  be  appropriated  to  pay  the  office  expenses  of  such  Deputy 
Superintendent  for  any  period  of  one  year.  The  claims  against  the 
State  for  such  traveling  and  office  expenses  shall  be  presented  to  and 
allowed  by  the  State  Board  of  Examiners  as  other  such  claims  are  pre- 
sented and  allowed.  As  amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  228. 


40  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

Appropriations. 

[SEC.  2.]  There  is  hereby  appropriated  from  the  General  Fund  of 
the  .State,  the  following  amounts  to  pay  the  salary,  traveling  expenses 
of  the  Deputy  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction  for  the  period  of 
time  beginning  July  first,  nineteen  hundred  and  nine,  and  ending  Jan- 
uary first,  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven : 

For  the  First  Supervision  District — Salary  of  Deputy  Superintend- 
ent, $3,000 ;  office  expenses,  $400 ;  traveling  expenses,  $800. 

For  the  Second  Supervision  District — Salary  of  Deputy  Superintend- 
ent, $3,000;  office  expenses,  $400;  traveling  expenses,  $800. 

For  the  Third  Supervision  District — Salary  of  Deputy  Superintend- 
ent, $3,000 ;  office  expenses,  $400 ;  traveling  expenses,  $1,200. 

For  the  Fourth  Supervision  District — Salary  of  Deputy  Superintend- 
ent, $3,000 ;  office  expenses,  $600 ;  traveling  expenses,  $1,200. 

For  the  Fifth  Supervision  District — Salary  of  Deputy  Superintend- 
ent, $3,000 ;  office  expenses,  $600 ;  traveling  expenses,  '$1,200.  Stats. 
1909,  p.  229. 

[SEC.  3.]  This  Act  shall  take  effect  on  July  first,  nineteen  hundred 
and  nine.  Stats.  1909,  p.  229. 

Educational  Districts  Established. 

SEC.  98.  Five  Educational  [Supervision]  Districts  are  hereby  estab- 
lished as  follows:  District  Number  1,  comprising  Elko  County;  District 
Number  2,  comprising  White  Pine,  Lander,  Eureka  Counties;  Dis- 
trict Number  3,  comprising  Humboldt  and  Churchill  Counties ;  District 
Number  4,  comprising  Washoe,  Storey,  Ormsby,  Douglas,  Lyon,  and 
Esmeralda  Counties;  District  Number  5,  comprising  Lincoln  and  Nye 
Counties. 

"And  said  Clark  County  shall  be  attached  to  and  become  a  part 
of  the  Fifth  Educational  [Supervision]  District."  Stats.  1909,  Sec. 
14,  p.  10. 

SEC.  99.  This  action  (Act)  shall  take  effect  on  and  after  the  thirty- 
first  day  of  August,  nineteen  hundred  and  seven. 


SCHOOL    BOOKS. 


METHOD    OF    ADOPTING    THE    TEXT-BOOKS. 

CHAP.  Ill — An  Act  to  create  a  State  Text-Book  Commission  and  to 
authorize  said  Commission  to  adopt  a  uniform  series  of  text-books 
for  the  public  schools  of  Nevada,  and  matters  properly  connected 
therewith.  Approved  March  22,  1907,  p.  217. 

State  Text-Book  Commission  to  Consist  of  Board  of  Education  and 

Four  Appointed  Members. 

SECTION  1.  A  State  Text-Book  Commission  is  hereby  created.  Such 
commission  shall  consist  of  the  members  of  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion and  of  four  additional  members  to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor. 
Such  appointments  shall  be  made  before  the  first  day  of  April,  nineteen 


SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  41 

hundred  and  seven,  and  during  the  month  of  January  every  four  years 
thereafter,  and  such  appointees  shall  be  principals  of  schools  employing 
not  less  than  five  teachers,  or  superintendents,  and  they  shall  hold  office 
for  four  years.  If  any  vacancies  occur  during  the  terms  of  said  offi- 
cers by  death,  resignation,  or  removal,  the  Governor  shall  fill  such 
vacancy  by  appointment  of  some  principal  or  superintendent  eligible 
as  described  above. 

Officers  of  Commission — Quorum — Meetings  Public. 

SEC.  2.  The  Governor  shall  be  ex  officio  President  and  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  ex  officio  Secretary  of  said  Text-Book 
Commission.  The  Secretary  shall  call  a  meeting  of  the  Text-Book  Com- 
mission not  later  than  the  first  of  April,  1907,  at  which  time  the  Com- 
mission shall  organize  by  taking  the  constitutional  oath  of  office,  which 
oath  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  shall  adopt 
rules  of  procedure  in  harmony  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act.  Four 
members  of  the  commission  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transac- 
tion of  business,  but  no  action  shall  be  taken  by  the  commission  unless 
a  majority  of  the  entire  commission  shall  vote  in  favor  thereof.  All 
meetings  of  the  commission  shall  be  public,  and  the  Secretary  shall  keep 
a  full  and  complete  record  of  all  proceedings,  which  record  shall  be 
open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public.  .The  vote  on  the  adoption  of  all 
text-books  shall  be  by  roll  call  and  the  Secretary  shall  record  the  name 
and  vote  of  each  member. 

Meetings,  Where  and  When  Held — Contracts  for  Books. 

SEC.  3.  The  State  Text-Book  Commission  shall  hold  its  meetings  to 
adopt  text-books  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion in  Carson  City  on  the  fourth  Tuesday  in  June,  nineteen  hundred 
and  seven,  and  on  the  fourth  Tuesday  in  June  every  four  years  there- 
after. The  Secretary  may  call  special  meetings  of  the  Text-Book  Com- 
mission whenever  in  his  judgment  there  may  be  business  to  transact  of 
such  importance  as  to  justify  the  call,  or  at  the  written  request  of  four 
members  of  the  commission,  stating  definitely  the  purpose  of  the  meet- 
ing. At  the  meeting  held  on  the  fourth  Tuesday  in  June,  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  seven,  and  every  four  years  thereafter,  the  commission  shall 
adopt  a  uniform  series  of  text-books  for  exclusive  use  as  text-books  in 
all  the  public  schools  of  the  State.  If  a  contract  for  any  text-book 
adopted  at  any  regular  meeting  of  the  Text-Book  Commission  shall 
expire,  either  through  the  failure  of  the  publishers  of  said  book  to 
fulfill  the  conditions  of  the  contract,  or  for  any  other  reason,  the  Text- 
Book  Commission  may  adopt  another  book  to  take  the  place  of  the  one 
on  which  the  contract  has  lapsed,  after  notifying  text-book  publishers 
as  hereinafter  provided  for  in  cases  of  regular  adoptions.  When  regu- 
lar adoptions  are  being  made  the  commission  may  adjourn  from  day 
to  day ;  provided,  the  session  shall  not  continue  beyond  six  actual  days. 

Changes  of  Books,  When  and  How  Made — Sealed  Proposals. 

SEC.  4.  Immediately  after  the  first  meeting  of  the  commission,  and 
not  later  than  the  first  day  of  April,  nineteen  hundred  and  seven,  and 
every  four  years  thereafter,  if  the  commission  shall  deem  it  advisable 


42  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

to  make  changes  in  the  list  of  prescribed  text-books,  the  Secretary  of 
the  commission  shall  notify  all  publishers  of  text-books  who  shall  have 
placed  their  names  and  postoffice  addresses  on  file  with  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction,  to  be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  said 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  that  the  Text-Book  Commission 
will  meet,  as  herein  provided,  and  will  receive  sealed  proposals,  up  to 
twelve  o  'clock,  noon,  of  said  fourth  Tuesday  of  June,  for  supplying  the 
State  of  Nevada  with  a  series  of  text-books  for  use  in  all  the  public 
schools  of  the  State,  for  a  period  of  four  years  from  and  after  the 
first  day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  seven,  in  the  following 
branches,  viz :  Beading,  grammar,  arithmetic,  geography,  history  of 
the  United  States,  physiology  and  hygiene,  writing,  spelling,  drawing, 
music,  and  will  also  approve  other  books  for  supplemental  use,  as  per- 
mitted in  this  Act.  Said  sealed  proposals  shall  be  made  in  accordance 
with  a  form  to  be  prescribed  b}r  the  commission  and  shall  be  addressed 
to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  Carson  City,  Nevada ;  and 
shall  be  indorsed  "Sealed  proposals  for  supplying  text-books  for  use 
in  the  State  of  Nevada. ' '  Said  proposals  shall  include  a  statement  of 
the  introductory  price,  the  exchange  price  for  new  books  in  the  hands 
of  the  dealers,  the  exchange  price  for  second-hand  books,  and  the  retail 
price  at  which  the  publishers  will  agree  to  furnish  each  text-book  to 
the  school  children  of  Nevada  at  one  or  more  places  in  each  county  as 
shall  be  designated  by  the  commission.  Whenever  any  contract  shall 
be  terminated  by  reason  of  the  failure  of  any  contracting  publisher  to 
observe  the  terms  of  the  contract,  or  when  any  contract  shall  cease  to 
be  in  force  and  effect,  the  Text-Book  Commission  shall  notify  pub- 
lishers to  this  effect,  in  the  manner  hereinbefore  prescribed,  that  adop- 
tions will  be  made  to  fill  out  the  unexpired  time  of  such  contract,  and 
that  sealed  bids  shall  be  filed  with  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction  on  or  before  a  date  to  be  determined  by  the  commission, 
to  be  specified  in  the  notification  to  the  publishers. 

Geographies,  Special  Matter  for  Nevada. 

SEC.  5.  The  publishers,  contracting  and  agreeing  to  furnish  books 
for  use  in  the  State  of  Nevada  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  shall 
cause  to  be  prepared  a  special  map  and  a  special  supplement  descrip- 
tive of  Nevada  for  the  geography  adopted  by  said  commission.  The 
map  and  special  descriptive  geography  of  Nevada  shall  be  revised  every 
four  years  by  the  publishers.  They  shall  further  agree  to  maintain  the 
mechanical  excellence  of  the  books  adopted  by  said  commission,  fully 
equal  to  the  samples  submitted,  in  binding,  printing,  quality  of  paper, 
and  other  essential  features,  and  the  books  shall  be  of  the  latest  revised 
edition. 

Commission  to  Adopt  Text-Books. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  Text-Book  Commission  to  meet 
at  the  time  and  place  mentioned  in  said  notice  and  to  open  all  sealed 
proposals  in  public,  in  the  presence  of  a  quorum  of  said  commission, 
to  select  and  adopt  such  text-books  for  use  in  the  public  schools,  and 
to  approve  such  supplemental  books  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  commission 
will  best  subserve  the  educational  interests  of  the  State ;  provided,  how- 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OP    NEVADA.  43 

ever,  that  the  Text-Book  Commission  may,  at  its  discretion,  reject  any 
and  all  proposals,  if  it  be  deemed  by  it  to  be  to  the  interest  of  the  State 
so  to  do,  and  call  for  new  proposals,  stating  the  time  when  such  new 
proposals  shall  be  opened,  which  time  shall  not  be  later  than  thirty  days 
from  the  rejection  of  the  previous  proposals. 

Commission's  Choice  to  be  Standard  for  Nevada  Schools — Supplemental 

Books  Allowed. 

SEC.  7.  The  series  of  text-books  so  selected  and  approved  by  said 
Text-Book  Commission  shall  be  certified  to  by  the  President  and  Secre- 
tary, and  said  certificate,  with  a  copy  of  the  books  named  therein,  shall 
be  placed  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion. Such  certificate  must  contain  a  complete  list  of  all  books  adopted 
and  approved  by  said  commission,  giving  introductory,  exchange,  and 
retail  prices  for  which  each  text-book  will  be  furnished,  and  the  names 
of  the  publishers  agreeing  to  furnish  the  same.  The  said  books  named 
in  said  certificate  shall,  for  a  period  of  four  years,  from  and  after  the 
first  day  of  September  next  following  the  date  of  such  adoption,  be  used 
in  all  the  public  schools  of  the  State  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others ;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  nothing  in  any  part  of  this  Act  shall  be  construed 
so  as  to  prevent  the  purchase  or  use  by  the  district  of  any  supplemental 
or  reference  books  for  use  in  the  schools  of  this  State. 

Contracts  to  Name  Prices  and  Guarantee  Depositories. 

SEC.  8.  The  Text-Book  Commission  shall  have  power  to  make  such 
contracts  for  the  purchase  and  use  of  text-books  in  the  name  of  the 
State  as  they  shall  deem  necessary  for  the  interests  of  the  public  schools 
of  the  State.  Such  contracts  shall  set  forth  the  introductory,  exchange, 
and  retail  price  of  each  text-book,  and  such  prices  shall  not  be  less 
favorable  than  the  prices  at  which  such  books  are  sold  in  any  other 
State,  a  fair  specified  allowance  being  made  for  a  difference  in  the  cost 
of  transportation  and  handling;  and  such  contract  shall  provide,  fur- 
ther, that  the  contracting  publisher  shall,  during  the  life  of  the  con- 
tract, keep  on  hand  at  one  or  more  depositories,  in  each  county,  as  shall 
be  designated  by  the  commission,  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  such 
text-books  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  schools  of  the  State,  as  ordered  by 
the  keepers  of  said  depositories. 

Bonds  for  Contracting  Publishers. 

SEC.  9.  All  publishers  contracting  to  furnish  text-books  adopted  by 
the  Text-Book  Commission  shall  be  required  to  give  bonds  in  an  amount 
equal  to  one-half  of  the  value  of  the  books  to  be  furnished  during  one 
school  year,  as  estimated  by  the  Text-Book  Commission,  and  such  bonds 
shall  be  forfeited  to  the  State  Distributive  School  Fund  if  such  pub- 
lishers fail  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  in  any  county  of 
the  State;  provided,  however,  that  such  bonds  shall  not  be  forfeited 
through  the  unauthorized  action  of  text-book  dealers  in  this  State  if 
such  publisher  shall,  upon  notification  by  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  promptly  correct  any  violation  of  contract  prices  on  the 
part  of  any  local  dealer.  Upon  information  furnished  by  the  State 
Text-Book  Commission,  the  Attorney-General  shall  bring  action  for  the 


44  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

recovery  of  the  amount  of  any  such  bond  of  any  publisher  who  shall 
have  failed  to  comply -with  the  terms  of  any  contract,  and  the  full 
amount  named  in  such  bond  shall  be  deemed  to  be  fixed  and  liquidated 
damages  for  the  breach  of  such  contract. 

Contracts,  When  in  Effect. 

SEC.  10.  Such  contract  with  the  publishers  of  text-books  shall  not 
take  effect  until  such  publishers  shall  have  filed  with  the  Secretary  of 
State,  their  bond,  with  at  least  two  sufficient  sureties,  or  a  bond  from 
a  bonding  company  authorized  to  do  business  in  this  State,  to  be 
approved  by  the  Governor,  and  in  such  sum  as  shall  be  determined  by 
the  Text-Book  Commission. 

Contracts  Void,  When. 

SEC.  11.  In  case  the  publishers  of  any  text-books  adopted  by  the 
Text-Book  Commission  shall  not,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  July 
next  following  such  adoption,  have  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  a 
bond  as  hereinbefore  provided,  or  in  case  such  publishers  shall  at  any 
time  thereafter  fail  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  such  contract,  and  if 
within  reasonable  time,  after  due  notice  shall  have  been  given  by  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  they  shall  have  failed  to  comply 
with  the  conditions  of  the  contract  in  any  respect,  the  adoption  of  said 
books  shall  become  null  and  void.  The  text-books  adopted  by  the  said 
Text-Book  Commission  under  this  Act  shall,  upon  the  compliance  of  the 
publishers  with  the  aforesaid  conditions,  continue  in  use  for  the  period 
of  four  years  after  the  first  day  of  September  next  following  the  date 
of  such  adoption,  to  the  exclusion  of  all  other  text-books. 

Price  of  Text-Books  to  be  Promulgated. 

SEC.  12.  Whenever  the  publishers  of  the  books  adopted  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  shall  have  filed  their  bond  as  herein  provided,  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  cause 
all  prices  of  text-books  as  guaranteed  by  the  publishers  to  be  printed 
and  distributed  among  superintendents  and  School  Trustees,  and  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  School  Trustees  in  each  district  to  cause  such 
prices  to  be  kept  constantly  posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  each 
schoolroom. 

Use  of  Authorized  Books  Compulsory — Penalty — Annual  Report. 

SEC.  13.  The  text-books  adopted  by  the  Text-Book  Commission  shall 
be  used  in  every  public  school  in  the  State  in  the  grades  for  which  they 
are  adopted,  and  no  other  books  shall  be  used  as  text-books  in  such 
grades ;  provided,  however,  that  this  section  shall  not  be  interpreted  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  prohibit  the  use  of  supplemental  books  purchased 
by  the  district.  Any  school  officer  or  teacher  who  shall  violate  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  by  requiring  the  pupils  to  use  text-books  other  than 
those  adopted  by  the  Text-Book  Commission,  or  by  permitting  the  use 
of  such  other  books  as  texts,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor 
and  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  twenty  dollars,  nor 
more  than  one  hundred  dollars.  All  superintendents  and  school  officers 
are  charged  with  the  execution  of  this  law,  and  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  shall  require  the  Trustees  of  the  several  school  dis- 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  45 

tricts,  or  the  Clerks  thereof,  to  report  annually  as  to  the  text-books 
used  in  their  schools. 

Per  Diem  of  Appointed  Commissioners. 

SEC.  14.  The  members  of  the  State  Text-Book  Commission  shall, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Governor,  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  and  the  President  of  the  University,  receive  the  sum  of  five 
dollars  per  diem  for  each  day  actually  engaged  in  transacting  the  busi- 
ness of  the  commission,  and  actual  traveling  expenses.  There  is  hereby 
appropriated  the  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars  per  year,  or  so  much 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  from 
the  State  General  Fund.  Bills  for  such  compensation  shall  be  allowed 
and  paid  in  the  usual  manner.  The  State  Text-Book  Commission  shall 
not  be  in  session  more  than  ten  days  in  any  one  year. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  15.  All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  with  this  Act  are 
hereby  repealed. 

METHOD    OF    PROVIDING   FREE    TEXT-BOOKS. 


CHAP.  IV— An  Act  to  provide  books,  equipment,  and  materials,  and  to 
encourage  the  economic  use  thereof  by  the  pupils  of  the  public 
schools,  and  fixing  penalties  for  its  infraction. 

Approved  March  22,  1909,  p.  156. 

To  Provide  Free  Text-Books  for  Pupils,  When — Election. 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  each  school  district  may  upon 
their  own  motion,  and  shall  upon  written  demand  by  a  number  of  quali- 
fied voters  equal  to  ten  per  cent  of  the  average  number  of  children 
attending  the  public  schools  in  said  district  during  the  preceding  full 
school  month,  submit  to  a  vote  of  the  people,  at  the  next  ensuing  gen- 
eral or  special  school  election,  the  question  of  providing  free  text-books 
for  the  pupils  attending  said  schools,  and  of  levying  a  special  tax  for 
this  purpose  at  a  rate  to  be  named  in  the  demand,  if  demand  be  made, 
and  in  a  notice  of  such  election,  which  shall  be  given  as  required  in  the 
case  of  other  special-tax  elections. 

Trustees  to  Levy  Tax,  When. 

SEC.  2.  If  a  majority  of  those  voting  at  such  election  vote  in  favor 
of  providing  free  text-books  and  of  a  special  tax  for  the  same,  the 
Board  of  Trustees  shall  levy  such  tax,  which  shall  be  collected  as  other 
special  taxes  are  collected  and,  from  the  fund  so  provided,  which  shall 
be  called  the  book  fund,  shall  purchase  a  sufficient  number  of  author- 
ized text-books,  as  they  may  be  required,  and  shall  loan  them  upon  such 
terms,  and  under  such  rules  and  regulations,  as  may  be  made  by  said 
board,  or  as  may  be  provided  by  law,  to  parents  or"  guardians  for  the 
use  of  the  pupils  of  the  schools  of  said  district. 

District  Property. 

SEC.  3.     All  property  purchased  under  this  Act  for  a  school  district 


46  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

* 

shall  be  and  remain  the  property  of  said  district,  except  as  otherwise 
provided  by  law. 

Books,  How  Disposed  Of. 

SEC.  4.  Text-books  purchased  under  this  Act  may  be  disposed  of  as 
follows : 

(a)  They  may  be  sold  for  cash  to  pupils  of  the  public  schools,  or  to 
parents  or  guardians  of  such  pupils. 

(&)  If  the  Board  of  Trustees  so  decide,  pupils  who  have  completed 
the  last  two  years  of  the  course  of  study  for  the  district,  may,  as  a 
mark  of  merit,  be  given  the  permanent  ownership  of  such  four  text- 
books used  by  them  during  their  last  two  years  of  study  in  the  schools 
of  said  district,  as  said  pupils  may  select. 

Parents  Responsible  for  Books. 

SEC.  5.  The  parents  and  guardians  of  pupils  shall  be  responsible 
for  all  books  loaned  to  the  pupils  in  their  charge,  and  shall  pay  to  the 
Clerk  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  for  the  book  fund  of  the  district,  the 
full  purchase  price  of  every  such  book  destroyed,  lost,  or  so  damaged 
as  to  make  it  unacceptable  to  other  pupils  succeeding  to  their  classes. 
The  Board  of  Trustees  may  also  make  rules  for  payment  for  slighter 
injuries  to  books. 

Credits  to  Pupils. 

SEC.  6.  Credits  shall  be  given  to  pupils  in  a  ratio  to  be  fixed  by 
those  having  authority  to  fix  ratios  of  credits,  for  the  economic  use  and 
care  of  books  in  the  hands  of  pupils,  whether  such  books  be  the  property 
of  the  district  or  otherwise. 

Material  Other  Than  Books. 

SEC.  7.  Equipment  and  materials  for  use  in  manual  training,  indus- 
trial training,  and  the  teaching  of  domestic  science,  may  be  supplied 
to  pupils  in  the  same  manner,  out  of  the  same  fund,  and  on  the  same 
terms  and  conditions  as  books;  provided,  that  no  private  ownership  can 
be  acquired  in  such  equipment  or  material  unless  sold  according  to  law 
when  such  equipment  or  material  shall  be  no  longer  used  or  required 
for  the  schools  of  the  district. 

Other  Books. 

SEC.  8.  Authorized  supplementary  books  for  the  use  of  the  teachers 
may  be  purchased  under  'this  Act,  and  shall  remain  the  property  of  the 
school  district  for  which  purchased  unless  sold  in  accordance  with  law. 

Tax  Levy. 

SEC.  9.  Each  year  after  the  first  introduction  in  any  school  district 
of  the  system  provided  for  in  this  Act,  and  on  or  before  the  tenth  day 
of  January  thereof,  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  such  district  shall 
estimate  the  amount  of  money  necessary  for  maintaining  or  increasing 
the  supply  of  books,  equipment,  and  material,  or  any  or  all  of  these, 
and  proceed  to  levy  the  necessary  tax  therefor  in  the  manner  now  pro- 
vided for  by  law  for  levying  a  special  tax  not  in  excess  of  twenty-five 
cents  on  the  one  hundred  dollars.  [See  Chap.  II,  Sec.  78.] 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  47 

Xot  to  Invalidate  Existing  Contracts. 

SEC.  10.  This  Act  shall  not  be  so  construed  as  to  authorize  the  vio- 
lation of  any  valid  existing  contract,  nor  to  provide  a  means  for  the 
adoption  of  text-books. 

Penalties. 

SEC.  11.  Every  person  violating  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  twenty-  dol- 
lars ($20)  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  ten  (10)  days,  or  both  so  fined 
and  imprisoned. 

SCHOOL    TRUSTEES. 


ELECTION    OF    TRUSTEES. 

CHAP.  V — An  Act  providing  for  the  date  of  election  of  School  Trustees, 
and  other  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  16,  1909,  p.  124. 
School  Trustees. 

SECTION  1.  School  districts  having  fifteen  hundred  or  more  school 
children,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding  school  census,  shall  have  five 
Trustees ;  other  districts  shall  have  three  Trustees. 

Election  of  Trustees. 

SEC.  2.  An  election  of  School  Trustees  shall  be  held  in  each  school 
district  of  the  State  on  the  first  Saturday  in  April,  nineteen  hundred 
and  ten,  and  on  the  same  day  every  two  years  thereafter.  At  such 
elections,  three  Trustees  shall  be  elected  in  any  district  having  fifteen 
hundred  or  more  school  census  children,  as  shown  by  the  last  preceding 
census,  two  for  four  years  and  one  for  two  years;  and  two  Trustees 
shall  be  elected  in  every  other  district,  one  for  four  years  and  one  for 
two  years. 

Number  of  Trustees,  How  Determined. 

SEC.  3.  In  any  school  district  having  for  the  first  time  fifteen  hun- 
dred school  census  children,  as  determined  after  the  election  of  Trustees 
in  any  year,  there  shall  be  elected  at  the  next  ensuing  school  trustee 
election  two  Trustees  for  four  years  and  two  Trustees  for  two  years, 
to  bring  such  district  to  the  five-trustee  basis ;  and  in  any  district  fall- 
ing below  such  number,  as  determined  after  a  school  trustee  election, 
there  shall  be  elected  at  the  next  ensuing  trustee  election  one  Trustee 
for  four  years,  to  bring  such  district  to  the  three-trustee  basis. 

Terms  of  Office.' 

SEC.  4.  Trustees  elected  under  this  Act  shall  take  office  on  the  first 
Monday  in  May  following  their  election ;  provided,  that  the  Trustees 
elected  in  nineteen  hundred  and  ten  shall  take  office  on  the  first  Mon- 
day in  July,  nineteen  hundred  and  ten,  those  elected  for  four  years  to 
serve  until  the  first  Monday  in  May,  nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen, 
and  those  elected  for  two  years  to  serve  until  the  first  Monday  in  May, 
nineteen  hundred  and  twelve. 


48  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  5.  All  Acts  or  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed. 

CHAP.  VI — An  Act  to  provide  for  the  election  of  School  Trustees  and 
matters  properly  connected  thereivith. 

Approved  March  16,  1897,  p.  100. 

SECTION  1.  [Repealed  by  an  Act  approved  March  16,  1909.  See 
Chap.  V.] 

SEC.  2.  [Superseded  by  ninth  part  of  Sec.  2,  Chap.  II.  (Statutes 
of  1907,  p.  380.)  Provision  for  appointments  to  fill  vacancies.] 

Election  Officers  Appointed. 

SEC.  3.  All  Judges  and  Inspectors  of  Election  and  such  other  offi- 
cers as  may  be  necessary,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  School  Trustees  in 
each  district.  If  the  Trustees  fail  to  appoint  the  election  officers,  or  if 
they  are  not  present  at  the  time  of  opening  the  polls,  the  electors  pres- 
ent may  appoint  them.  All  such  officers  shall  serve  without  compensa- 
tion. 

Certificates  of  Election. 

SEC.  4.  The  Election  Board  shall  issue  certificates  of  election  to 
those  receiving  the  greatest  number  of  votes  cast  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

Notices  to  l>e  Posted. 

SEC.  5.  Not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  election  held  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  the  Trustees  in  each  district  shall  post  notices  in 
three  public  places  in  the  district,  which  notices  shall  specify  that  there 
will  be  an  election  held  at  the  schoolhouse  of  such  district  and  the  hours 
between  which  the  polls  will  be  kept  open.  If  the  Trustees  of  any  dis- 
trict shall  have  failed  to  post  the  notices  as  required  by  this  section, 
then  any  three  electors  of  the  district  may,  within  five  days  of  the  day 
of  election,  give  notice  of  such  election,  which  notices  shall  be  sufficient 
for  the  election  required  by  this  Act,  and  in  such  case  no  registration 
shall  be  necessary,  but  all  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be 
enforced. 

Qualification  for  Voting. 

SEC.  6.  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  vote  at  any  school  election 
unless  he  is  a  resident  of  the  district  and  his  name  appears  upon  the 
official  registry  list  of  the  voting  precinct  or  precincts  including  the 
district  for  the  last  preceding  general  election ;  provided,  that  any  citi- 
zen of  the  United  States  who  shall  have  resided  in  this  State  six  months, 
and  in  the  school  district  thirty  days  next  preceding  the  day  of  election, 
and  whose  name  is  not  upon  the  said  official  registry  list,  may  apply  to 
the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School  Trustees,  or  to  a  person  authorized  by 
the  Trustees  of  the  district  to  act  as  Registry  Agent,  not  more  than 
eight  nor  less  than  five  days  prior  to  the  day  of  election,  to  have  his 
name  registered. 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  49 

Relating  to  Registration — Form  of  Oath. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  of  School 
Trustees,  or  the  person  appointed  by  the  Board  of  School  Trustees,  as 
the  case  may  be,  to  register  any  qualified  voter  of  the  school  district 
who  may  apply  to  be  registered  under  the  provisions  of  the  preceding 
section;  provided,  that  if  the  person  applying  to  be  registered  be 
unknown  to  the  Registry  Agent,  or  his  qualifications  for  voting  be 
unknown,  he  shall,  before  having  his  name  registered,  be  requiredrto 
subscribe  to  the  following  oath:  You  do  solemnly  swear  that  you  are 
a  citizen  of  the  United  States;  that  you  are  twenty-one  years  of  age; 
that  you  will  have  resided  in  the  State  six  months  and  in  this  school 
district  thirty  days  next  preceding  the  day  of  the  school  election.  False 
swearing  under  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  deemed  perjury 
and  punished  as  now  provided  by  law. 

List  of  Voters. 

SEC.  8.  No  person  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  except  he  be  registered  as  herein  provided.  The  Board  of 
School  Trustees  shall  prepare,  or  cause  to  be  prepared,  a  list  of  the 
names  of  all  persons  entitled  to  vote  at  the  school  election  as  herein 
provided,  which  said  list  shall  be  completed  at  least  three  days  prior 
to  the  day  of  election,  and  shall  be  under  the  charge  of  the  Clerk  of  the 
Board  of  School  Trustees  and  subject  to  the  inspection  of  any  qualified 
voter  in  the  district. 

List  of  Voters  to  be  Prepared — Compensation  Allowed. 

SEC.  9.  The  Board  of  School  Trustees  in  all  districts  having  a  voting 
population  of  fifty  or  more,  are  authorized  to  employ  a  competent  per- 
son to  prepare  said  list  of  qualified  voters  and  to  pay  for  the  work  out 
of  the  school  fund  of  the  district,  in  a  manner  as  other  claims  against 
the  district  are  allowed  and  paid,  a  reasonable  sum,  not  exceeding  five 
cents  a  name  for  each  qualified  voter,  providing  that  the  total  amount 
to  be  allowed  shall  not  exceed  twenty  dollars.  The  list  so  prepared 
shall  be  sworn  to  by  the  person  making  the  same  as  correct  according 
to  his  best  knowledge,  information,  and  belief. 

List  Delivered  to  Inspectors  of  Election. 

SEC.  10.  The  list  of  qualified  voters,  as  hereinbefore  described,  shall 
be  delivered  to  the  Inspectors  of  Election  prior  to  the  time  of  opening 
the  polls  on  the  day  of  election,  and  no  person  shall  be  entitled  to  vote 
at  the  election  whose  name  is  not  on  said  list ;  provided,  that  any  per- 
son whose  name  is  left  off  said  list  by  mistake,  design,  accident,  or 
otherwise,  may  have  his  name  placed  thereon  by  the  Inspectors  of  Elec- 
tion upon  satisfactory  proofs  being  presented  of  his  having  previously 
been  registered  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

Voting  Shall  Be  by  Ballot. 

SEC.  11.     The  voting  shall  be  by  ballot,  either  written  or  printed, 
and  when  two  or  more  Trustees  are  to  be  elected  for  different  terms, 
the  ballot  shall  designate  such  term  as  "long  term"  and  "short  term," 
respectively. 
4 


50  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

Ballots,  What  to  Contain — Number  of  Ballots. 

SEC.  12.  In  all  school  districts  having  a  voting  population  of  one 
hundred  or  over,  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  shall  have  printed  bal- 
lots of  uniform  size  containing  the  names  in  alphabetical  order,  of  all 
persons  candidates  for  the  office  of  School  Trustee.  There  shall  be 
twice  as  many  ballots  printed  as  there  are  voters  in  the  district,  and  no 
ballots  other  than  those  furnished  by  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  shall 
be  voted. 

How  to  Vote. 

SEC.  13.  A  person  desiring  to  vote  shall,  if  his  name  be  upon  the 
registry  list  as  herein  provided,  receive  from  the  Board  of  Election  or 
some  member  thereof,  and  from  no  other  person,  a  ballot  upon  which  he 
shall  designate  his  choice  for  Trustee  or  Trustees  to  be  elected  in  the 
district,  by  placing  a  cross  thus :  X,  opposite  and  to  the  right  of  the 
name  of  the  person  for  whom  he  intends  to  vote. 

Ballot  Can  Contain. 

SEC.  14.  There  shall  be  placed  on  the  ballots,  in  addition  to  the 
names  of  the  candidates,  such  information-  as  the  Board  of  Trustees  may 
deem  necessary  to  inform  the  voter  how  to  mark  his  ballot,  such  as: 
' '  Place  a  cross  thus :  X,  opposite  and  to  the  right  of  the  name  of  the 
candidate  for  whom  you  wish  to  vote,"  "vote  for  one,"  "vote  for 
two,"  etc. 

Allowed  at  Polls — Misdemeanor. 

SEC.  15.  No  person,  other  than  the  Board  of  Election  or  a  police 
officer  in  the  discharge  of  his  duty,  shall  be  allowed  within  one  hundred 
feet  of  the  polls,  except  when  actually  engaged  in  voting  or  in  going  to 
or  from  the  polls  for  the  purpose  of  voting  or  of  challenging  the  vote  of 
another,  and  excepting  all  persons  in  attendance  upon  any  school  which 
may  be  in  session  in  the  building.  No  person  shall  show  his  ballot  to 
another  while  marking  it  or  after  marking  it  so  as  to  disclose  for  whom 
he  has  voted,  but  he  shall,  as  soon  as  possible  after  marking  it,  fold  it 
so  that  the  marking  will  be  on  the  inside  and  return  it  to  the  Board  of 
Election  to  be  counted.  Wilful  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  section  shall  constitute  a  misdemeanor,  punishable  by  a  fine  not 
exceeding  fifty  dolars,  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  exceeding 
twenty-five  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

Assistance  Allowed. 

SEC.  16.  No  person  shall  receive  assistance  in  marking  his  ballot 
unless  physically  unable  to  mark  it  and  then  only  by  permission  of  the 
Board  of  Election.  A  voter  spoiling  his  ballot  may  procure  another  by 
delivering  the  spoiled  ballot  to  the  Board  of  Election. 

Challenge — Penalty. 

SEC.  17.  Any  registered  person  offering  to  vote  may  be  challenged 
by  any  elector  of  the  district,  and  the  Judges  of  Election  must  there- 
upon administer  to  the  person  challenged  an  oath  in  substance  as  fol- 
lows :  You  do  swear  that  you  are  a  citizen  of  the  United  States ;  that 
you  are  twenty-one  years  of  age;  that  you  have  resided  in  this  State 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  51 

six  months,  and  in  this  school  district  thirty  days  next  preceding  this 
election,  and  that  you  have  not  voted  before  this  day.  If  he  takes  the 
oath  prescribed  in  this  section  his  vote  shall  be  received,  otherwise  his 
vote  must  be  rejected.  Illegally  voting  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall  be  punished  the  same  as  the  law  now  provides  for  punishing 
offenses  of  this  character. 

Candidates  to  File  Their  Names  With  the  County  Clerk. 

SEC.  18.  In  school  districts  having  a  voting  population  of  one  hun- 
dred (100)  or  over,  candidates  for  the  office  of  School  Trustee  shall,  not 
later  than  five  days  before  the  day  of  election,  have  their  names  filed 
with  the  County  Clerk  of  said  county,  with  designation  of  the  term  of 
office  for  which  they  are  candidates,  and  no  names  shall  be  placed  upon 
the  ballots  unless  filed  within  the  time  herein  provided.  As  amended, 
Stats.  1901,  p.  54. 

Duty  of  Board  of  Election  Upon  Completion  of  Count. 

SEC.  19.  The  Board  of  Election  shall  keep  a  poll  list  and  tally  sheet, 
which,  together  with  the  registry  list  and  all  ballots  cast,  shall  be  deliv- 
ered to  the  County  Clerk  upon  the  count  being  completed,  and  such 
returns  shall  be  kept  as  the  law  now  provides  for  keeping  returns  of 
general  elections. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  20.  All  Acts  in  conflict  with  this  Act,  and  all  parts  of  Acts 
in  so  far  as  they  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  are  hereby 
repealed. 


POWERS    OF    BOARDS    OF    SCHOOL    TRUSTEES. 


CHAP.  VII — An  Act  to  amplify  the  powers  of  Boards  of  School  Trustees. 

Approved  March  20,  1901,  p.  97. 
Board  of  School  Trustees. 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  the  respective  school 
districts  of  the  State  of  Nevada  are  hereby  given  such  reasonable  and 
necessary  powers,  not  conflicting  with  the  Constitution  and  laws  of  the 
State  of  Nevada  as  may  be  requisite  to  attain  the  ends  for  which  the 
public  schools  are  established,  and  to  promote  the  welfare  of  school 
children. 

To  Enforce  Sanitary  Regulations. 

SEC.  2.  The  School  Trustees  are  hereby  given  power  to  make  and 
enforce  needful  sanitary  regulations,  and  to  make  and  enforce  such 
rules  for  preventing  the  spread  of  contagious  and  infectious  diseases  as 
they  may  deem  necessary. 

To  Enforce  Discipline. 

SEC.  3.  The  School  Trustees,  principals,  and  teachers  are  hereby 
given  concurrent  power  with  the  peace  officers  for  the  protection  of 


52  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

children  on  the  way  to  and  from  school,  and  for  the  enforcement  of 
order  and  discipline  among  them. 

Same. 

SEC.  4.  The  School  Trustees  may  direct  the  principals  and  teachers 
employed  by  them  to  exercise  such  powers  and  authority  in  the  schools 
as  the  Trustees  are  invested  with  under  this  Act. 

Same  Powers. 

SEC.  5.  Under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  County  Boards  of  Educa- 
tion in  control  of  high  schools  shall  have  the  same  powers  as  are  herein 
given  to  School  Trustees. 

Indigent  Children. 

SEC.  6.  The  School  Trustees  are  hereby  empowered  to  pay  out  of 
the  public  school  funds  any  expenses  incurred  by  them  in  applying  sec- 
tion two  of  this  Act  to  indigent  children. 

SEC.  7.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  approval. 


COUNTY   HIGH    SCHOOLS. 


CHAP.  VIII — An  Act  permitting  the  establishment  of  County  High 
Schools  in  the  various  counties  of  this  State,  and  providing  for  the 
construction,  maintenance,  management,  and  supervision  of  the 
same,  to  repeal  all  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  hereivith,  and 
matters  properly  connected  thereivith. 

Approved  March  24,  1909,  p.  241. 

County  High  Schools  Established  by  Popular  Vote. 

SECTION  1.  There  may  be  established  in  any  county  in  this  State  a 
high  school;  provided,  that  at  any  general  or  special  election  held  in 
said  county  after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  a  majority  of  all  the  votes 
cast  at  such  election,  upon  the  proposition  to  establish  a  high  school 
shall  be  in  favor  of  establishing  and  maintaining  such  high  school  at 
the  expense  of  said  county. 

County  Commissioners  to  Submit  Question  to  Voters — Ballots. 

SEC.  2.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  at  any  general  election 
to  be  held  in  any  county  after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  upon  the  presen- 
tation of  a  petition  signed  by  fifty  or  more  qualified  electors,  taxpayers 
of  said  county,  at  any  regular  meeting  of  said  board  held  not  less  than 
eight  weeks  before  any  general  or  special  election,  must  make  an  order 
submitting  the  question  of  establishing,  constructing,  and  maintaining 
a  county  high  school  to  the  qualified  electors  thereof.  The  Board  of 
County  Commissioners,  upon  the  presentation  of  said  petition,  may 
order  a  special  election  for  said  purpose.  Said  election  shall  be  con- 
ducted in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law  for  conducting  elections,  and 
the  ballots  at  such  election  shall  have  printed  thereon  the  words  * l  For  a 
County  High  School ' '  and  the  words  * '  Against  a  County  High  School. ' ' 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  53 

The  votes  cast  for  and  against  said  county  high  school  at  any  election 
therefor,  shall  be  counted  and  the  returns  thereof  made  and  canvassed 
in  the  manner  provided  for  by  law  for  counting,  making  returns,  and 
canvassing  the  votes  of  a  general  election;  provided,  that  the  election 
officers  appointed  to  conduct  any  special  election  held  in  accordance 
with  this  Act,  as  required  by  law,  shall  perform  all  services  required  of 
them  by  law  in  holding  and  conducting  such  elections,  without  any  fees 
or  pay  therefor. 

Location  of  School,  How  Determined. 

SEC.  3.  If  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  on  the  proposition  to  estab- 
lish a  county  high  school  shall  be  in  the  affirmative,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners,  within  thirty  days  after  can- 
vassing said  vote,  to  locate  the  high  school  in  the  place  in  said  county 
where  the  said  board  shall  deem  most  suitable  and  convenient  for  the 
purpose.  If,  within  sixty  days  after  the  County  Commissioners  shall 
have  located  said  high  school,  there  shall  be  presented  a  certified  peti- 
tion bearing  the  signatures  of  at  least  one-fourth  of  the  qualified  voters 
of  such  county  according  to  the  last  general  election  returns,  said  peti- 
tion requesting  a  vote  on  the  question  of  the  location  of  the  county 
high  school  and  specifying  a  desired  location,  said  Board  of  County 
Commissioners  shall  submit  the  question  of  such  location  to  the  voters 
of  the  county  at  the  next  general  election;  provided,  that  in  all  cases 
where  special  elections  have  been  called  by  the  Board  of  County  Com- 
missioners of  any  county  of  this  State  previous  to  the  passage  of  this 
Act  to  submit  the  question  of  location  of  any  county  high  school  to  the 
voters  in  any  such  county  wherein  two  thousand  or  more  votes  were 
cast  at  the  last  general  election,  and  wherein  the  assessed  valuation  of 
real  and  personal  property  is  six  million  dollars  or  more,  the  Board  of 
County  Commissioners  may,  if  said  board  deems  it  to  the  best  interest 
of  the  people  of  such  county,  establish  two  county  high  schools ;  one  at 
the  place  selected  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  and  one  at 
the  place  named  in  the  petition  presented  to  the  said  Board  of  County 
Commissioners  praying  for  said  special  election  in  said  county,  and 
thereupon  the  said  board  may  revoke  the  order  calling  said  special 
election,  and  in  such  case  no  special  election  shall  be  held.  At  any  gen- 
eral election  at  which  the  location  of  any  county  high  school  is  sub- 
mitted to  the  voters  of  the  county,  the  form  of  the  ballot  shall  be : 

Shall  the  County  High  School  be  located  at 1  j  JjJ?;" 

In  other  respects  the  provisions  of  the  general  election  law  shall  be  fol- 
lowed. If  at  any  such  election  a  majority  of  all  voters  who  shall  vote 
on  the  question  of  such  location  shall  vote  in  favor  of  locating  the 
county  high  school  at  the  place  designated  in  the  petition,  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  to  cause  the  high  school 
to  be  located  at  such  place,  not  later  than  the  first  day  of  the  next  fol- 
lowing September.  While  a  vote  on  the  question  of  changing  the  loca- 
tion of  any  county  high  school  is  pending,  no  contract  for  the  purchase 
of  grounds  or  for  the  erection  of  a  building  shall  be  made.  When  the 
location  of  the  county  high  school  has  been  finally  determined,  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  estimate  the  cost  of  purchasing 


64  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

suitable  grounds,  procuring  plans  and  specifications,  erecting  a  build- 
ing, furnishing  the  same,  fencing  and  ornamenting  the  grounds,  and 
the  cost  of  running  said  school  for  the  following  twelve  months;  pro- 
vided, that  the  estimate  mentioned  herein  for  purchasing  suitable 
grounds,  procuring  plans  and  specifications,  erecting  a  building,  fur- 
nishing the  same,  and  fencing  and  ornamenting  the  grounds  shall  not 
be  made,  if  previous  to  the  time  when  the  Commissioners  are  to  make 
such  estimate  the  Legislature  shall  have  authorized  said  county  to  issue 
bonds  for  such  purpose. 

Tax  Levy. 

SEC.  4.  When  such  estimate  shall  have  been  made,  the  Board  of 
County  Commissioners  shall  thereupon  immediately  proceed  to  levy  a 
special  tax  upon  all  the  assessable  property  of  the  county  sufficient  to 
raise  the  amount  estimated.  Said  tax  shall  be  computed,  entered  on 
the  tax  roll,  and  collected  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes  are  com- 
puted, entered,  and  collected,  and  the  amount  so  collected  shall  be 
deposited  in  the  county  treasury  and  be  known  and  designated  as  the 
"County  High  School  Fund,"  and  shall  be  drawn  from  the  treasury 
in  the  manner  now  provided  by  law  for  drawing  money  from  the  treas- 
ury by  School  Trustees ;  provided,  however,  that  the  tax  levy  for  pur- 
chasing suitable  grounds,  procuring  plans  and  specifications,  erecting 
a  building,  and  furnishing  the  same,  fencing  and  ornamenting  the 
grounds,  may  be  deferred  as  long  as  a  sufficient  number  of  suitable 
rooms  in  a  public  school  building  can  be  secured  for  the  purposes  of 
such  county  high  school  at  a  reasonable  rental.  In  case  such  levy  be 
deferred  until  after  the  election  of  a  County  Board  of  Education,  the 
levy  shall  be  made  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  whenever  so 
ordered  by  the  County  Board  of  Education,  and  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion shall  be  charged  with  the  duty  of  purchasing  grounds  and  erecting 
and  furnishing  such  school  building. 

Temporary  County  Board  of  Education. 

SEC.  5.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  act  as  a  County 
Board  of  Education  in  the  performance  of  the  duties  hereinbefore  men- 
tioned and  shall  continue  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  County  Board 
of  Education  until  a  County  Board  of  Education  shall  have  been 
elected  and  qualified  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  at  such  time  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  transfer  all  property  and  con- 
trol of  said  school  to  the  County  Board  of  Education,  who  shall  hold 
the  same  in  trust  for  the  county. 

County  Board  of  Education  Elected. 

SEC.  6.  At  the  next  general  election  after  it  shall  have  been  decided 
to  establish  a  county  high  school  there  shall  be  elected  a  County  Board 
of  Education,  to  consist  of  three  members,  two  of  whom  shall  serve  two 
years,  and  the  other  four  years,  and  thereafter  at  reach  regular  biennial 
election  there  shall  be  elected  two  members  of  said  board,  one  of  whom 
shall  serve  for  two  years  and  the  other  for  four  years.  Each  person 
elected  as  herein  provided  shall  enter  upon  the  duties  of  his  office  on 
the  first  Monday  in  January  next  following  his  election,  and  shall  hold 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OP    NEVADA.  55 

office  until  his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified.  If  at  any  time  a 
vacancy  shall  occur  on  said  board,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  to  appoint  a  member  for  the  unexpired 
term. 

Duties  of  Board. 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  County  Board  of  Education  to 
furnish,  annually,  an  estimate  of  the  amount  of  money  needed  to  pay 
all  the  necessary  expenses  of  running  said  school;  to  enforce  the  uni- 
form high-school  course  of  study  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion; to  employ  teachers  holding  Nevada  State  certificates  of  the 
high-school  grade  in  full  force  and  effect;  to  hire  janitors  and  other 
employees,  and  discharge  such  employees  when  sufficient  cause  therefor 
shall  exist ;  and  to  do  any  and  all  other  things  necessary  to  the  proper 
conduct  of  the  school.  [See  also  Chap.  VII,  Sec.  5.] 

Tax  Levy. 

SEC.  8.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners 
to  include  in  their  annual  tax  levy  the  amount  estimated  by  the  County 
Board  of  Education  as -needed  to  pay  the  expenses  of  conducting  the 
county  school;  and  such  amount,  when  collected  and  paid  into  the 
county  treasury,  shall  be  known  as  the  "County  High  School  Fund," 
and  may  be  drawn  therefrom  for  the  purpose  of  defraying  the  expenses 
of  conducting  said  county  high  school,  in  the  manner  now  provided  by 
law  for  drawing  money  from  the  county  treasury  by  School  Trustees. 

Eligible  Pupils. 

SEC.  9.  All  county  high  schools  shall  be  open  for  the  admission  of 
graduates  holding  diplomas  from  the  eighth  grade  of  the  elementary 
schools  of  the  State ;  provided,  that  the  examinations  for  the  said 
diplomas  shall  have  been  given  under  the  direction  and  authority  of 
the  State  Board  of  Education;  and  to  such  other  pupils  as  shall  pass 
the  examination  for  admission  to  the  county  high  school,  which  exam- 
ination shall  be  conducted  under  the  direction  and  authority  of  the 
State  Board  of  Education. 

Principal  May  Supervise  Other  Schools. 

SEC.  10.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  so  as  to  prevent  the 
principal  of  the  county  high  school  from  acting  as  principal  of  the 
grammar  school  of  the  district  in  which  the  county  high  school  is 
located  if  so  desired  by  the  Trustees  of  said  school  district  and  the 
County  Board  of  Education. 

Under  General  Laws. 

SEC.  11.  The  county  high  school  shall  be  under  the  same  general 
supervision  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  laws,  rules,  and  regulations 
governing  the  other  schools  of  the  state  school  system. 

Dormitories  and  Dining  Hall. 

SEC.  12.  The  County  Board  of  Education  is  hereby  empowered  to 
provide  for  the  rental,  purchase,  or  erection  of  a  suitable  dormitory  or 
dormitories  and  dining  hall  for  high-school  students,  and  to  provide  for 
the  support,  maintenance,  and  management  of  the  same.  The  said 


56  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA. 

dormitory  or  dormitories  shall  be  considered  part  of  the  regular  high- 
school  equipment  and  organization. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  13.     All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  with  this  Act  are 
hereby  repealed. 


NORMAL    TRAINING    SCHOOLS. 


CHAP.  IX — An  Act  for  the  establishment  of  Normal  Training  Schools 
and  for  the  maintenance  and  control  of  the  same. 

Approved  March  20,  1909,  p.  174. 
How  Established. 

SECTION  1.  Upon  notification  by  the  County  Board  of  Education  in 
counties  where  a  county  high  school  is  in  operation,  and  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  school  district  in  which  the  county-seat  is  located,  in 
counties  not  having  an  established  county  high  school,  that  the  said 
County  Board  of  Education  or  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  Board  of 
County  Commissioners  of  the  county  have  decided  by  a  majority  vote 
of  each  of  the  said  boards  to  establish  a  normal  training  school,  and 
that  there  are  at  least  five  bona  fide  applicants  for  a  normal  training- 
course  in  such  school,  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  subject  to  the 
provisions  herein  named,  grant  permission  to  establish  and  maintain  a 
normal  training  school  for  the  purpose  of  giving  free  instruction  and 
training  in  the  principles  of  education  and  methods  of  teaching  to  resi- 
dents of  this  State ;  provided,  that  no  such  normal  training  school  shall 
be  established  in  any  county  having  within  its  borders  a  State  Normal 
School  or  State  University;  and,  provided  further,  that  but  one  such 
normal  training  school  shall  be  established  in  any  county. 

Training  School  Board. 

SEC.  2.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  constitute  the  Normal 
Training  School  Board. 

Ditties  of  Normal  Training  School  Board. 

SEC.  3.  The  duties  of  the  Normal  Training  School  Board  shall  be 
as  follows : 

First — To  determine  the  qualification  for  admission  to  the  normal 
training  school;  provided,  that  applicants  who  do  not  hold  a  diploma 
from  an  accredited  high  school  or  a  teacher's  certificate  of  at  least  the 
primary  grade  shall  be  required  to  pass  an  entrance  examination.  And 
said  examination  shall  include  all  subjects  taught  in  the  high  schools 
as  provided  by  the  laws  of  this  State. 

Second — To  establish  a  course  of  study  to  be  pursued  for  a  period 
of  not  less  than  thirt3^-six  weeks. 

Third — To  grant  certificates  of  graduation  to  such  persons  as  finish 
the  course  adopted  in  such  form  as  the  Normal  Training  School  Board 
shall  prescribe. 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  57 

Graduation  Certificate. 

SEC.  4.  The  certificate  of  graduation  shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof 
to  the  state  teachers '  certificate  of  the  rural  grammar-school  grade  with- 
out further  examination,  and  said  certificate  shall  entitle  the  holder 
thereof  to  teach  in  any  of  the  rural  schools  of  this  State  not  employing 
more  than  one  teacher,  and  said  certificate  shall  not  be  good  for  more 
than  three  years  and  shall  in  no  case  be  renewable. 

Provisions  for  Maintaining  Schools. 

SEC.  5.  For  the  purpose  of  maintaining  such  normal  training  schools 
as  are  herein  described,  it  is  further  provided : 

First — That  the  county  in  which  a  normal  training  school  shall  be 
established  shall  provide  rooms  with  heating  and  equipment  satisfactory 
to  the  Normal  Training  School  Board  for  the  purposes  of  such  school. 

Second — Upon  certification  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  that  a 
normal  training  school  has  been  established  in  any  county,  that  the 
school  has  been  properly  equipped,  that  at  least  five  bona  fide  students 
are  in  actual  attendance,  and  that  a  competent  normal-training  teacher 
is  employed,  the  State  Controller  shall  on  the  first  day  of  October  and 
the  first  day  of  February  of  each  year  set  aside  from  any  money  in  the 
State  General  Fund  not  otherwise  appropriated,  a  sum  designated  by 
the  State  Board  of  Education  not  exceeding  nine  hundred  dollars  and 
not  less  than  six  hundred  dollars,  to  be  known  as  the  Normal  Training 

School  Salary  Fund  for County,  to  be  used  in  payment 

of  the  teacher 's  salary  and  to  be  drawn  from  the  State  Treasury  in  the 
usual  manner.  Any  money  remaining  in  such  fund  on  the  thirty-first 
day  of  August  of  each  year  shall  revert  to  the  State  General  Fund. 

Third — In  any  county  establishing  a  normal  training  school  the 
Normal  Training  School  Board  shall,  previous  to  the  first  day  of  Sep- 
tember in  each  year,  estimate  the  cost  of  maintaining  the  rooms  and 
equipment  of  the  normal  training  school  for  the  ensuing  year  and 
certify  the  amount  estimated  to  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of 
said  county ;  provided,  such  estimate  shall  not  exceed  the  amount  of  five 
hundred  dollars  for  any  one  year.  Claims  for  equipment  and  mainte- 
nance shall  be  just  and  legal  charges  upon  the  general  fund  of  said 
county;  provided,  that  not  more  than  the  amount  estimated  shall  be 
allowed  for  any  one  year. 

Authority  Conferred. 

SEC.  6.  The  Normal  Training  School  Board  is  hereby  given  the 
power  to  make  and  put  into  effect  any  and  all  rules  and  regulations 
necessary  to  the  proper  conduct  of  any  normal  training  school  estab- 
lished under  and  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 


58  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

UNION    SCHOOL    DISTRICTS. 


CHAP.  X — An  Act  to  provide  for  Union  School  Districts,  and  matters 
properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  3,  1909,  p.  49. 

How  Established. 

SECTION  1.  On  the  recommendation  of  the  Superintendent  of  Pub- 
lic Instruction,  the  Boards  of  School  Trustees  of  any  continguous  school 
districts  in  the  same  county  or  in  adjoining  counties  may,  in  joint 
meeting  of  the  two  boards,  unite  the  two  districts  and  establish  a  union 
school  to  be  supported  out  of  the  funds  belonging  to  the  respective 
districts. 

Joint  Board  to  Govern — More  Than  One  School  or  Grade,  When. 

SEC.  2.  The  school  thus  established  shall  be  governed  by  a  joint 
board,  composed  of  the  Trustees  of  the  combining  districts;  provided, 
that  school  may  be  maintained  at  more  than  one  point  in  the  union 
district  thus  formed,  if  found  necessary  or  advisable;  and  provided 
further,  that  the  classes  and  grades  in  the  two  districts  shall  be 
arranged  with  reference  to  the  convenience  of  the  children  and  the  effi- 
cient and  economical  management  of  the  school.  In  case  of  a  disagree- 
ment of  the  joint  board  as  to  the  arrangement  and  distribution  of  the 
various  classes  and  grades  in  the  two  districts,  the  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  shall  determine  the  same. 

Expenses,  Hoiv  Paid. 

SEC.  3.  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  joint  board  shall  consti- 
tute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.  Vouchers  shall  be  made 
out  on  the  separate  district  funds  for  the  pro  rata  of  monthly  expenses, 
as  agreed  upon  by  the  joint  board,  and  these  vouchers  shall  be  signed 
by  the  President  and  Clerk  of  the  School  Board  in  the  district  on  whose 
fund  the  vouchers  are  drawn. 

District  Dissolved,  When. 

SEC.  4.  The  union  school,  or  district,  herein  provided  for  may  be 
dissolved  in  July  of  any  year  by  mutual  consent  or  action  of  the  Boards 
of  School  Trustees  in  the  districts  interested,  or  by  the  unanimous 
action  of  the  School  Board  of  either  district ;  provided,  that  no  indebt- 
edness incurred  by  the  joint  board  exists ;  and  provided  further,  that  in 
case  of  dissolution  by  action  of  only  one  of  the  two  districts  as  herein 
prescribed,  at  least  thirty  days'  notice  of  intention  to  dissolve  shall 
have  been  given  to  the  joint  board. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  5.  All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed. 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  59 

ENLARGEMENT    OF    SCHOOL    DISTRICTS. 


CHAP.  XI — An  Act  to  authorize  Boards  of  County  Commissioners  to 
enlarge  the  boundaries  of  certain  school  districts  or  to  consolidate 
two  or  more  into  one,  and  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  March  11,  1909,  p.  87. 

Districts  Enlarged  or  Consolidated. 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  in  any  county,  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and 
without  formal  petition,  may  enlarge  the  boundaries  of  any  school  dis- 
trict, wherein  there  may  be  uncertainty  of  maintaining  the  minimum 
requirement  of  five  school  census  children,  sufficiently  beyond  the 
sixteen-mile-square  limit  to  include  five  or  more  school  census  children 
actually  residing,  and  not  temporarily  living,  therein,  or  the  board, 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Superintendent,  may  consolidate  two 
or  more  such  districts  or  parts  of  districts  into  a  single  district. 

Property  of  Consolidated  Districts. 

SEC.  2.  In  case  of  the  consolidation  of  two  or  more  districts  as 
herein  provided  for,  the  property  of  the  separate  districts  shall  become 
the  property  of  the  district  thus  formed,  and  any  money  in  the  fund  of 
a  district  consolidated  with  another  shall,  on  notice  given  by  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  be  transferred  by  the  County  Auditor 
and  the  County  Treasurer  to  the  credit  of  the  district  so  formed. 

Board  Appointed,  When. 

SEC.  3.  When  a  district  is  formed  by  consolidation  as  herein  pro- 
vided, the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  appoint  a  Board 
of  School  Trustees  therefor ;  he  shall  determine  the  points  therein 
where  instruction  is  to  be  given,  and  shall  aid  the  Trustees  in  making 
necessary  provision  for  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  4.  All  Acts  or  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed. 


EMERGENCY    FUND    FOR    NEW    DISTRICTS. 


CHAP.  XII — An  Act  to  provide  an  Emergency  School  Fund  for  new 
school  districts,  prescribing  its  use  and  manner  of  disbursement, 
and  other  matters  properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  February  13,  1909,  p.  20. 

Emergency  School  Fund  Created — $3,000  From  General  Fund. 

SECTION  1.  At  the  time  of  the  apportionment  of  money  in  the  State 
Distributive  School  Fund  in  January  and  July  of  each  year,  the  Super- 
intendent of  Public  Instruction,  before  making  such  apportionment, 
shall  set  aside  from  said  fund  the  sum  of  three  thousand  dollars,  the 
same  to  constitute  and  be  known  as  the  Emergency  School  Fund ;  and 


60  SCHOOL    LAWS    OP    NEVADA. 

he  shall  at  once  notify  the  State  Controller  and  the  State  Treasurer  of 
his  action;  provided,  that  there  is  hereby  appropriated  from  the  State 
General  Fund  the  sum  of  three  thousand  dollars,  which  is  to  constitute 
the  Emergency  School  Fund  until  the  next  apportionment  of  money 
in  the  State  Distributive  School  Fund  in  July,  nineteen  hundred  and 
nine. 

For  Districts  Formed  After  Regular  Apportionment. 

SEC.  2.  The  Emergency  School  Fund,  or  such  portion  thereof  as 
the  State  Board  of  Education  shall  deem  advisable,  shall  be  used  as 
hereinafter  provided  for  payment  of  a  teacher's  salary  in  any  legally 
constituted  school  district  formed  after  the  regular  apportionment  in 
January  and  July  of  any  year  and  not  consisting  mainly  or  wholly  of 
census  children  and  territory  theretofore  included  in  an  established 
school  district. 

Conditions  Before  Money  Is  Distributed. 

SEC.  3.  Before  any  portion  of  the  Emergency  School  Fund  is  dis- 
tributed to  any  school  district  that  may  be  entitled  thereto  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall 
cause  a  census  to  be  taken  and  shall  satisfy  himself  that  a  competent 
teacher  has  been  employed  and  that  a  suitable  building  has  been  pro- 
vided. 

Basis  of  Distribution. 

SEC.  4.  The  money  in  the  Emergency  School  Fund,  or  such  part 
thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  shall  be  distributed  to  the  various  dis- 
tricts entitled  thereto  on  the  basis  of  teachers — one  teacher  to  every 
fifty  census  children,  or  fraction  thereof ;  and  not  more  than  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty  dollars  shall  be  allowed  for  any  one  teacher.  The  money 
thus  distributed  shall  be  used  only  for  the  payment  of  salaries  of 
teachers.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  submit  to 
the  State  Board  of  Education  lists  of  school  districts  entitled  to  money 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  estimates  of  the  amount  of  money 
neqgssary  for  each  district. 

But  One  Apportionment  to  Each  District  From  Emergency  Fund. 

SEC.  5.  No  more  than  one  apportionment  shall  be  made  to  any  one 
school  district  from  the  Emergency  School  Fund.  But  at  the  general 
apportionments  thereafter  such  district  shall  be  entitled  to  its  share  of 
the  State  Distributive  School  Fund  and  of  the  general  school  fund  of 
the  county  in  which  the  district  is  located,  the  census  provided  for  in 
section  three  of  this  Act  serving  as  the  basis  of  apportionment  until  the 
general  school  census  is  available  therefor. 

State  Board  of  Education  to  Approve. 

SEC.  6.  Upon  the  approval  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  of  the 
amounts  to  be  distributed,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
shall  draw  his  order  on  the  State  Controller  for  the  sum  to  be  sent  from 
the  Emergency  School  Fund  to  any  county,  and  the  State  Controller 
shall  thereupon  draw  his  warrant  on  the  State  Treasurer  therefor,  and 
the  State  Treasurer  shall  pay  over  the  money  to  the  County  Treasurer, 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF   NEVADA.  61 

or  Treasurer  named.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall 
inform  the  County  Auditor  and  the  County  Treasurer  of  any  county 
to  which  money  is  thus  sent,  of  the  amount  set  aside  for  any  school  dis- 
trict or  districts  in  that  county;  and  such  money  shall  be  applied  by 
the  Board  or  Boards  of  School  Trustees  thereof  for  the  purpose  named 
in  this  Act,  and  disbursed  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  law. 

Residue  to  Revert. 

SEC.  7.  Any  money  remaining  in  the  Emergency  School  Fund  on 
the  thirty-first  day  of  December  of  any  year  shall  revert  to  the  State 
Distributive  School  Fund. 

In  Effect 

SEC.  8.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  upon  approval. 


ABOLISHED    SCHOOL    DISTRICTS. 


CHAP.  XIII — An  Act  to  provide  for  the  disposal  of  the  funds  and 
property  of  abolished  school  districts. 

Approved  March  5,  1909,  p.  70. 

Certain  Moneys  to  Revert. 

SECTION  1.  All  moneys  remaining  to  the  credit  of  any  school  dis- 
trict which  has  been  legally  abolished,  by  action  of  the  Board  of 
County  Commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  the  district  is  situated, 
shall  revert  to  the  county  school  fund  of  the  said  county. 

Property  of  Abolished  School  District  to  be  Sold. 

SEC.  2.  All  property,  real  and  personal,  of  any  abolished  school  dis- 
trict shall  revert  to  the  county  in  which  the  said  district  is  situated, 
and  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  are  hereby  authorized  to  con- 
trol and  manage,  rent,  or  sell  such  reverted  school  property  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  the  sale  of  county  property;  provided,  that  in 
case  the  said  Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  find  all  of  the  real 
and  personal  property  of  any  abolished  district  to  be  of  a  value  less 
than  one  hundred  dollars,  the  same  may  be  sold  without  publication  of 
notice  and  to  the  highest  bidder  for  cash  at  private  sale. 

Disposal  of  Proceeds. 

SEC.  3.  All  the  moneys  derived  from  the  sale  or  rent  of  reverted 
school  property  shall  be  paid  into  the  county  school  fund. 

In  Effect. 

SEC.  4.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


62  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

SCHOOL    DISTRICT    BONDS. 


CHAP.  XIV — An  Act  to  amend  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  to  enable  the 
several  school  districts  of  the  State  to  issue  negotiable  coupon 
bonds  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  and  furnishing  school  buildings, 
or  purchasing  grounds,  or  for  refunding  floating  funded  debts,  and 
providing  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  indebtedness  thus 
authorized  and  the  interest  thereon/'  approved  March  12,  1907. 

Approved  February  8,  1908,  p.  34. 

Bonds  May  Be  Issued. 

SECTION  1.  Any  school  district  of  the  State,  now  existing  or  which 
may  hereafter  be  created,  is  hereby  authorized  to  borrow  money  for 
the  purpose  of  erecting  and  furnishing  a  school  building  or  buildings, 
maintaining  the  same,  purchasing  grounds  on  which  to  erect  such  build- 
ing, or  buildings,  or  for  refunding  floating  indebtedness,  or  for  any  or 
all  of  these  purposes,  by  issuing  negotiable  coupon  bonds  of  the  district 
in  the  manner  by  this  Act  provided.  As  amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  178. 

Question  of  Issuing  Bonds  Submitted  to  Popular  Vote. 

SEC.  2.  When  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  any  school  district  shall 
deem  it  necessary  to  incur  an  indebtedness  authorized  by  this  Act  by 
issuing  the  negotiable  coupon  bonds  of  the  district,  such  Board  of  Trus-' 
tees  shall  first  determine  the  amount  of  such  bonds  to  be  issued,  and  a 
certificate  of  such  determination  shall  be  made  and  entered  in  and  upon 
the  records  of  said  district.  Thereupon  the  Board  of  School  Trustees 
shall,  by  resolution  duly  made  and  entered  in  and  upon  the  records  of 
said  board,  submit  the  question  of  contracting  a  bonded  indebtedness 
for  any  of  the  purposes  authorized  by  this  Act  to  a  vote  of  the  duly 
qualified  electors  of  the  district  at  the  next  general  election  of  the 
School  Trustees,  or  at  a  special  election  which  the  School  Trustees  are 
hereby  authorized  to  call  for  such  purpose. 

Election,  How  Conducted — Election  Notice,  What  to  Contain. 

SEC.  3.  The  election  provided  in  this  Act  shall  be  called  and  held, 
and  the  vote  canvassed  and  returned,  in  all  respects  as  nearly  as  may 
be  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  law  now  governing  the  election 
of  School  Trustees ;  provided,  that  if  there  is  a  newspaper  published  in 
the  school  district,  the  notice  shall  be  published  for  at  least  once  a  week« 
for  two  successive  weeks,  preceding  said  election.  The  election  notice 
must  contain : 

First — The  time  and  place  of  holding  such  election. 

Second — The  names  of  Inspectors  and  Judges  to  conduct  the  same. 

Third — The  hours  during  the  day  in  which  the  polls  will  be  open. 

Fourth — The  amount  and  denomination  of  the  bonds,  the  rate  of 
interest  and  the  number  of  years,  not  exceeding  twenty,  the  bonds  are 
to  run.  All  persons  voting  on  the  question  submitted  at  such  election 
shall  vote  by  separate  ballot  whereon  is  placed  the  words  ''For  the 
Bonds"  or  "Against  the  Bonds."  The  ballots  shall  be  deposited  in  a 
separate  box  provided  by  the  School  Trustees  for  that  purpose. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  63 

Bonds  to  Run  No  Longer  Than  Twenty  Years — Sale  of  Bonds  to  be 

Published. 

SEC.  4.  If  upon  the  official  determination  of  the  result  of  such  elec- 
tion it  appear  that  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  cast  are  "For  the  Bonds," 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  as  soon  as  practicable,  shall  issue  the  negotiable 
coupon  bonds  of  the  district  in  such  form  and  denomination  as  the 
Board  of  Trustees  may  direct,  said  bonds  to  run  for  a  period  not  to 
[exceed],  twenty  (20)  years  from  the  date  of  issue,  and  bearing  interest 
at  a  rate  not  exceeding  eight  (8)  per  cent  per  annum,  payable  semi- 
annually,  both  principal  and  interest  payable  at  such  place  as  the 
Board  of  Trustees  may  direct,  said  bonds  not  to  be  sold  for  less  than 
their  par  value.  And  before  said  sale  is  made  notice  of  such  proposed 
sale  must  be  given  by  publication,  in  a  newspaper,  if  there  is  a  news- 
paper published  in  the  district,  for  at  least  one  week  before  said  bonds 
are  disposed  of,  inviting  sealed  bids  to  be  made  for  said  bonds,  and  said 
bonds  are  to  be  sold  to  the  highest  and  best  bidder  for  said  bonds ;  pro- 
vided, if  there  is  no  newspaper  published  in  said  school  district,  the 
notice  herein  provided  for  shall  be  given  by  posting  in  three  public 
places  in  said  school  district  for  at  least  ten  days  before  said  bonds  are 
disposed  of. 

Bonds  Signed — Seal. 

SEC.  5.  All  bonds  issued  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be 
signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  be  duly  attested 
by  the  Clerk  thereof,  and  shall  bear  the  seal  of  the  district  if  the  dis- 
trict has  a  seal,  and  shall  be  countersigned  by  the  County  Treasurer. 

Register  of  Bonds. 

SEC.  6.  Before  any  district  shall  issue  bonds  under  the  provisions 
of  this  Act,  all  such  bonds  shall  be  presented  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
county  to  be  duly  registered  by  him  in  a  book  kept  for  that  purpose  in 
his  office,  which  registry  shall  show  the  school  district,  the  amount,  the 
time  of  payment,  and  the  rate  of  interest,  and  all  such  bonds  shall  bear 
the  certificate  of  the  County  Treasurer  to  the  effect  that  they  are  issued 
and  registered  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act.  After  such  registry 
the  bonds  shall  be  at  the  disposal  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  dis- 
trict issuing  the  same,  to  be  sold  for  the  purpose  of  raising  funds  for 
the  objects  designated  by  this  Act. 

Special  Tax  for  Interest  and  Redemption  of  Bonds — Sinking  Fiend. 

SEC.  7.  Whenever  any  school  district  shall  issue  any  bonds  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  Commis- 
sioners of  the  county  in  which  such  district  may  be  situated  to  levy  and 
assess  a  special  tax  on  all  the  taxable  property  of  such  district  in  an 
amount  sufficient  to  pay  the  interest  thereon  when  the  same  shall  become 
due  according  to  the  tenor  and  effect  of  said  bonds,  and  the  County 
Treasurer  shall  collect  the  same  as  other  taxes  are  collected,  in  cash 
only,  keeping  the  same  separate  from  other  funds  received  by  him ;  and 
if  there  shall  be  any  surplus  after  paying  said  interest  and  the  expenses 
of  collecting  such  special  tax,  the  Treasurer  shall  without  delay  pass 


64  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

the  same  to  the  credit  of  such  school  district,  and  such  funds  so  passed 
to  the  credit  of  the  district  shall  be  subject  to  the  disposal  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees;  and  beginning  with  the  year  the  bonds  are  issued,  and 
annually  thereafter,  until  the  full  payment  of  said  bonds  has  been 
made,  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  said 
school  district  is  situtated  shall  levy  and  assess  a  special  tax,  and  shall 
cause  said  special  tax  to  be  collected  on  all  property  of  the  school  dis- 
trict, including  the  net  proceeds  of  mines,  sufficient  to  pay  annually  a 
proportion  of  the  principal  of  said  bonds  equal  to  a  sum  produced  by 
taking  the  whole  amount  of  said  bonds  outstanding  and  dividing  it 
by  the  number  of  years  said  bonds  then  have  to  run,  which  amount 
shall  be  levied,  assessed,  and  collected  in  the  same  manner  as  the  tax 
for  the  payment  of  the  interest  coupons  and  when  collected  shall  be 
known  as  the  "Sinking  Fund,"  and  shall  be  used  only  in  the  payment 
of  such  bonds.  The  sinking  fund  thus  provided  may  be  applied  to  the 
purchase  and  cancelation  of  the  outstanding  bonds  of  the  district.  At 
the  maturity  of  such  bonds  the  County  Treasurer  shall  call  in  and  pay 
such  bonds  and  accrued  interest  thereon  and  duly  cancel  the  same,  and 
certify  his  action  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  school  district. 

Change  in  Boundary  Not  to  Release  Property  for  Taxes. 

SEC.  8.  No  change  in  the  boundary  lines  of  any  school  district  shall 
release  the  taxable  real  property  of  the  district  from  assessment  and 
levy  of  the  taxes  to  pay  the  interest  and  principal  of  such  bonds,  and  if 
there  shall  be  any  change  in  the  boundary  of  such  school  district  so  as 
to  leave  any  portion  of  the  taxable  real  property  of  the  district  which 
was  subject  to  taxation  in  the  district  at  the  time  of  the  issue  of  such 
bonds,  the  assessment  and  levy  of  taxes  for  the  payment  of  the  prin- 
cipal and  interest  of  such  bonds  shall  be  made  on  such  property  as  if  it 
were  still  within  the  district,  and  if  there  shall  be  any  change  of  the 
boundary  lines  of  such  school  district  so  as  to  annex  or  include  any 
taxable  or  real  property,  after  the  issue  of  such  bonds,  the  real  property 
so  included  or  annexed  shall  thereafter  be  subject  to  the  assessment  and 
levy  of  a  tax  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  and  interest  of  such 
bonds.  [See  also  Chap.  XVI.] 

Taxes  Constitute  Lien  on  Property. 

SEC.  9.  All  taxes  levied  and  assessed  as  in  this  Act  provided  shall 
constitute  a  lien  on  the  property  charged  therewith,  from  the  date  of 
the  levy  thereof  by  the  County  Commissioners,  or  the  entry  thereof  on 
the  assessment  roll  of  the  County  Auditor,  until  the  same  are  paid,  and 
thereafter,  if  allowed  to  become  delinquent,  shall  be  enforced  in  the 
same  manner  as  is  now  provided  by  law  for  the  collection  of  state  and 
county  taxes.  And  no  additional  allowance,  fee,  or  compensation  what- 
ever shall  be  paid  to  any  officer  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 
this  Act. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  10.  All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed. 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  65 

BONDS    FOR   MANUAL    TRAINING. 


CHAP.  XV — An  Act  to  enable  school  districts  to  issue  negotiable  coupon 
bonds  for  the  purpose  of  erecting,  furnishing,  equipping,  and 
maintaining  buildings  for  industrial  training,  manual  training, 
domestic  science,  and  agriculture,  or  for  any  one  or  all  of  these 
purposes,  and  providing  for  the  payment  of  the  principal  indebted- 
ness and  the  interest  thereon,  and  other  matters  properly  connected- 
therewith.  Approved  March  16,  1909,  p.  122. 

Bonds  for  Various  Purposes. 

SECTION  1.  Any  school  district  of  the  State  is  hereby  authorized  to 
borrow  money  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  grounds,  erecting  build- 
ings, and  furnishing,  equipping,  and  maintaining  the  same,  for  instruc- 
tion in  industrial  training,  manual  training,  domestic  science,  and 
agriculture,  or  for  any  one  or  all  of  these  purposes,  by  issuing  negotia- 
ble coupon  bonds  of  the  district. 

Under  General  Act. 

SEC.  2.  Such  bonds  shall  be  determined  upon,  submitted  to  vote  of 
the  district  interested,  authorized,  issued,  and  paid,  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  the  general  law  for  bonding  school  districts,  as 
approved  March  12,  1907,  and  as  amended  February  8,  1908. 

In  Effect. 

SEC.  3.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage  and  approval. 


SECURITY  OF  SCHOOL  BONDS. 


CHAP.  XVI — An  Act  to  protect  the  security  of  school  bonds. 
Approved  March  13,  1909,  p.  94. 

Change  of  School  Districts  Not  to  Release  Responsibility  for  Bonds. 

SECTION  1.  No  change  in  the  boundary  lines  of  any  school  district 
that  has  been,  or  may  hereafter  be,  bonded  for  school  purposes  shall 
operate  to  release  any  part  of  the  property  of  such  district,  as  existing 
prior  to  such  change,  from  taxation  for  payment  of  the  outstanding 
bonds  issued  prior  thereto. 

In  Effect. 

SEC.  2.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage  and  approval. 


66  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

COMPULSORY    EDUCATION. 


CHAP.  XVII — An  Act  providing  for  compulsory  education  and  other 
matters  properly  connected  therewith,  providing  for  penalities  for 
the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  thereof,  and  repealing  any 
and  all  prior  laws  on  the  subject  of  compulsory  education. 

Approved  March  20,  1909,  p.  147. 
Various  Excuses  for  N on- Attendance. 

SECTION  1.  Each  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  in  the  State  of 
Nevada,  having  control  or  charge  of  any  child  between  the  ages  of  eight 
and  sixteen  years  shall  be  required  to  send  such  child  to  a  public  school 
during  the  time  in  which  a  public  school  shall  be  in  session  in  the  school 
district  in  which  said  child  resides ;  but  such  attendance  shall  be 
excused : 

1.  When  satisfactory  evidence  is  presented  to  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  school  district  in  which  such  child  resides,  that  the  child's  bodily 
or  mental  condition  is  such  as  to  prevent  or  render  inadvisable  attend- 
ance at  school,  or  application  to  study.    A  certificate  from  any  reputa- 
ble physician  that  the  child  is  not  able  to  attend  school,  or  that  its 
attendance  is  inadvisable,  must  be  taken  as  satisfactory  evidence  by 
any  such  board; 

2.  When  the  child  has  already  completed  the  eight  grades  of  the 
prescribed  grammar-school  course ; 

3.  When  satisfactory  evidence  is  presented  to  the  Board  of  Trustees 
that  the  child  is  being  taught  in  a  private  school,  or  by  a  private  tutor, 
or  at  home,  by  any  person  capable  of  teaching  in  such  branches  as  are 
usually  taught  in  the  primary  and  grammar  schools  of  this  State ; 

4.  When  satisfactory  evidence  is  presented  to  the  Board  of  Trustees 
that  the  child's  labor  is  necessary  for  its  own  or  its  parent's  support ; 

5.  When  the  District  Superintendent  shall  determine  that  the  child's 
residence  is  located  at  such  distance  from  the  public  school  as  to  render 
attendance  impracticable  or  unsafe. 

Truancy  Defined. 

SEC.  2.  Any  child  shall  be  deemed  a  truant,  in  the  meaning  of  this 
Act,  who  shall  have  been  absent  from  school,  without  valid  excuse,  more 
than  three  days ;  and  absence  for  any  part  of  a  day  shall  be  considered 
as  absence  for  that  entire  day.  The  teacher,  attendance  officer,  or  other 
person  connected  with  the  schools,  shall  send  or  deliver  a  written  notice 
of  such  truancy  to  the  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  having  control 
or  charge  of  the  child.  After  such  notice  has  thus  been  furnished  or 
sent  to  said  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  any  child  who  is  absent 
from  school  thereafter  within  the  school  year,  without  valid  excuse,  one 
or  more  days  or  parts  thereof,  shall  again  be  deemed  a  truant.  Any 
child  shall  be  declared  an  habitual  truant  who  shall  have  been  deemed 
a  truant  three  or  more  times  within  the  school  year.  Any  child  who 
has  once  been  declared  an  habitual  truant  and  who  in  a  succeeding 
year  is  absent  from  school,  without  valid  excuse,  for  one  or  more  days 
or  parts  thereof,  may  again  be  declared  an  habitual  truant. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  67 

Punishment  of  Parent. 

SEC.  3.  Any  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  control  or 
charge  of  any  child,  to  whom  notice  has  been  given  of  truancy,  as  pro- 
vided in  section  two  of  this  Act,  and  who  fails  to  prevent  the  child's 
subsequent  truancy  within  that  school  year,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of 
a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  shall  be  liable,  for  the  first  offense, 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  ten  dollars  or  imprisonment  for  not  more 
than  five  days,  and  for  each  subsequent  offense  he  shall  be  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  ten  or  more  than  fifty  dollars,  or  to  imprisonment 
for  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  twenty-five  days,  or  to  both  such 
fine  and  imprisonment. 

School  Trustees  to  Make  Investigation. 

SEC.  4.  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  any  school  district  shall,  on  the 
complaint  of  any  person,  make  a  full  and  impartial  investigation  of  all 
charges  against  parents  or  guardians  or  other  persons  having  control 
or  charge  of  any  such  child,  for  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  Act.  If  it  shall  appear  upon  such  investigation  that  any  such 
parent  or  guardian  or  other  person  has  violated  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  Act,  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  Clerk  of  such  Board  of 
Trustees  to  make  and  file  in  the  proper  court  a  criminal  complaint 
against  such  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person,  charging  such  violation, 
and  to  see  that  such  charge  is  prosecuted  by  the  proper  authorities; 
provided,  that  in  such  school  districts  having  an  attendance  officer,  such 
officer,  shall,  if  so  directed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  make  and  file 
such  complaint,  and  see  that  such  charge  is  prosecuted  by  the  proper 
authorities. 

Trustees  May  Appoint  and  Remove  Attendance  Officer. 

SEC.  5.  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  any  school  district  may  appoint 
and  remove  at  pleasure  an  attendance  officer  and  shall  fix  the  compensa- 
tion therefor,  and  shall  prescribe  the  duties  of  said  officer,  not  incon- 
sistent with  law,  and  make  rules  and  regulations  for  the  performance 
thereof.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  attendance  officer,  or  any  peace 
officer,  or  any  other  school  officer,  to  arrest  during  school  hours,  without 
a  warrant,  any  child  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  sixteen  years,  who 
has  been  reported  to  him  by  the  teacher,  the  City  Superintendent,  or 
other  person  connected  with  the  schools,  as  an  absentee  from  instruc- 
tion upon  which  he  is  lawfully  required  to  attend  within  the  school  dis- 
trict. Such  arresting  officer  shall  forthwith  deliver  the  child  so  arrested 
to  the  teacher,  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  control  or 
charge  of  said  child. 

Separate  Rooms  for  Habitual  Truants. 

SEC.  6.  Boards  of  Trustees  are  hereby  authorized  to  set  apart  any 
school  building  or  buildings  or  any  room  or  rooms  in  any  school  build- 
ing or  buildings  for  the  establishment  of  special  or  ungraded  schools, 
to  provide  for  the  instruction  of  habitual  truants  as  defined  in  section 
Cwo  of  this  Act,  or  for  pupils  who  have  been  insubordinate  or  disorderly 
during  attendance  at  school.  Boards  of  Trustees  are  also  authorized  to 
purchase  sites  and  erect  buildings  for  such  purposes,  in  the  same  man- 


68  SCHOOL    LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

ner  as  other  school  sites  and  school  buildings  may  be  purchased  and 
erected;  or  Boards  of  Trustees  may  rent  suitable  property  for  special 
or  ungraded  rooms  without  being  so  directed  by  vote  of  the  district. 
Teachers  of  such  special  or  ungraded  schools  shall  have  the  same  quali- 
fications as  other  teachers  in  the  grades,  and  shall  be  paid  from  the 
same  funds.  Boards  of  Trustees  are  hereby  authorized  to  assign 
habitual  truants  and  other  pupils  who  have  been  insubordinate  or  dis- 
orderly during  attendance  at  school  to  such  special  and  ungraded 
schools  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  the  remainder  of  the  school  year. 
Such  pupils,  however,  may  be  restored  to  their  former  room  or  grade 
when  in  the  judgment  of  the  board  there  has  been  sufficient  improve- 
ment to  warrant  the  belief  that  their  example  and  influence  will  no 
longer  be  a  detriment  to  the  room  to  which  they  shall  return. 

Persons  Encouraging  Truancy  Punished. 

SEC.  7.  Any  person  who  induces  or  attempts  to  induce  any  child  to 
be  absent  unlawfully  from  school,  or  who  knowingly  employs  or  harbors 
while  school  is  in  session  any  child  absent  unlawfully  from  school,  shall 
be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction  shall  be  pun- 
ished by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  fifty  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  of  not 
more  than  twenty-five  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 
The  attendance  officer  or  any  other  school  officer  is  hereby  empowered 
to  visit  any  place  or  establishment  where  minor  children  are  employed 
to  ascertain  whether  the  provisions  of  this  law  are  duly  complied  with, 
and  may  demand  from  all  employers  of  such  children  a  list  of  children 
employed,  with  their  names  and  ages. 

Punishment  for  False  Statements. 

SEC.  8.  Any  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  who  makes  a  false 
statement  concerning  the  age  or  school  attendance  of  a  child  between 
the  ages  of  eight  and  sixteen  years  who  is  under  his  control  or  charge, 
such  false  statement  being  made  with  intent  to  deceive  under  this  Act, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction,  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  fifty  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  of 
not  more  than  twenty-five  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

Disposal  of  Fines. 

SEC.  9.  All  fines  collected  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be 
paid  into  the  Permanent  School  Fund  of  the  State. 

Repeal. 

SEC.  10.  Any  and  all  Acts  which  have  been  previously  passed  on 
the  subject  of  compulsory  education  are  hereby  repealed. 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  69 

DEPENDENT,  NEGLECTED,  AND  DELINQUENT   CHILDREN. 


CHAP.  XVIII — An  Act  relating  to  children  who  are  now  or  who  may 
hereafter  become  dependent,  neglected,  or  delinquent,  to  define 
these  terms  and  to  provide  for  the  treatment,  control,  maintenance, 
protection,  adoption,  and  guardianship  of  the  person  of  such  child 
or  Children.  Approved  March  24,  1909,  p.  229. 

SECTION  1.  Definition.  That  all  persons  under  the  age  of  twenty- 
one  years,  shall,  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act  only,  be  considered  wards 
of  this  State  and  their  persons  shall  be  subject  to  the  care,  guardian- 
ship, and  control  of  the  court  as  hereinafter  provided.  For  the  pur- 
pose of  this  Act  the  words  (( dependent  child"  and  " neglected  child" 
shall  mean  any  male  child  who,  while  under  the  age  of  seventeen  years, 
or  any  female  child  who,  wrhile  under  the  age  of  eighteen  years,  for  any 
reason  is  destitute,  homeless,  or  abandoned;  or  dependent  upon  the 
public  for  support ;  or  has  not  proper  parental  care  or  guardianship ; 
or  habitually  begs  or  receives  alms ;  or  is  found  living  in  any  house  of 
ill-fame,  or  with  any  vicious  or  disreputable  person,  or  has  a  home 
which  by  reason  of  neglect,  cruelty,  or  depravity,  on  the  part  of  its 
parents,  guardian,  or  any  other  person  in  whose  care  it  may  be,  is  an 
unfit  place  for  such  child ;  and  any  child  who,  while  under  the  age  of 
ten  years,  is  found  begging,  peddling,  or  selling  any  article  or  articles, 
or  singing,  or  playing  any  musical  instrument  for  gain  upon  the  street 
or  giving  any  public  entertainments,  or  accompanies  or  is  used  in  the 
aid  of  any  person  so  doing.  The  words  ' '  delinquent  child ' '  shall  mean 
any  male  child  who,  while  under  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  or  any 
female  child  who,  while  under  the  age  of  eighteen  years,  violates  any 
law  of  this  State ;  or  is  incorrigible,  or  knowingly  associates  with 
thieves,  vicious,  or  immoral  persons ;  or  without  just  cause,  and  without 
the  consent  of  the  parents,  guardian,  or  custodian  absents  itself  from 
its  home  or  place  of  abode,  or  is  growing  up  in  idleness  or  crime;  or 
knowingly  frequents  or  visits  a  house  of  ill-fame  or  ill-repute;  or 
knowingly  frequents  or  visits  any  policy  shop  or  place  where  any 
gaming  device  is  operated ;  or  patronizes,  visits,  or  frequents  any  saloon 
or  dramshop  where  intoxicating  liquors  are  sold;  or  patronizes  any 
public  poolroom  where  the  game  of  pool  or  billiards,  is  being  carried 
on  for  pay  or  hire ;  or  who  wanders  about  the  streets  in  the  night  time 
without  being  on  any  lawful  business  or  lawful  occupation;  or  habit- 
ually wanders  about  any  railroad  yards  or  tracks  or  jumps  or  attempts 
to  jump  onto  any  moving  train;  or  enters  any  car  or  engine  without 
lawful  authority,  or  writes  or  uses  vile,  obscene,  profane,  or  indecent 
language,  or  smokes  cigarettes  in  any  public  place  or  about  any  school- 
house  ;  or  is  guilty  of  indecent,  immoral,  or  lascivious  conduct ;  any  child 
committing  any  of  these  acts  shall  be  deemed  a  delinquent  child  and 
when  proceeded  against,  such  proceeding  shall  be  on  behalf  of  the  State 
in  the  interest  of  the  child  and  the  State,  with  due  regard  for  the  rights 
and  duties  of  parents  and  others,  by  petition  to  be  filed  by  any  reputable 
person,  and  to  that  end  it  shall  be  dealt  with,  protected,  and  cared  for 
in  the  probate  or  chancery  court  as  a  ward  of  the  State  in  the  manner 


70  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

hereinafter  provided.  A  deposition  of  any  child  under  this  Act  or  any 
evidence  given  in  such  cause,  shall  not,  in  any  civil,  criminal,  or  other 
cause  or  proceeding  whatever  in  any  court,  be  lawful  or  proper  evi- 
dence against  such  child  for  any  purpose  whatever,  except  in  subse- 
quent cases  against  the  same  child  under  this  Act ;  nor  shall  the  name 
of  any  such  child  in  connection  with  any  proceedings  under  this  Act 
be  published  in  any  newspaper,  without  a  written  order  of  the  court. 
The  word  "child"  or  "children"  may  be  held  to  mean  one  or  more 
children,  and  the  word  "parent"  or  "parents"  may  be  held  to  mean 
one  or  both  parents,  when  consistent  with  the  intent  of  this  Act.  The 
word  "association"  shall  include  any  association,  institution,  or  corpo- 
ration which  include  in  their  purposes  the  care  or  disposition  of  chil- 
dren, coming  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  2.  Jurisdiction.  The  District  Courts  of  the  several  Judicial 
Districts  in  this  State  shall  have  original  jurisdiction  in  all  cases 
coming  within  the  terms  of  this  Act.  In  all  trials  under  this  Act,  any 
person  interested  therein  may  demand  a  jury  of  six  or  twelve  persons, 
or  the  Judge  of  his  own  motion  may  order  a  jury  of  the  same  number 
to  try  the  case. 

SEC.  3.  Juvenile  Department.  The  findings  of  the  court  shall  be 
entered  in  a  book  or  books  to  be  kept  for  that  purpose,  and  known  as 
the  "Juvenile  Department,"  and  the  court  may  for  convenience  be 
called  the  "Juvenile  Department  of  the  District  Court." 

SEC.  4.  Petition  to  the  Court.  Any  reputable  person,  being  a  resi- 
dent of  the  county,  may  file  with  the  Clerk  of  the  court  having  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  matter,  a  petition  in  writing  setting  forth  that  a  certain 
child,  naming  it,  within  his  county,  is  either  dependent,  neglected,  or 
delinquent  as  defined  in  section  one  hereof ;  and  that  it  is  for  the  inter- 
est of  the  child  and  this  State  that  the  child  be  taken  from  its  parent, 
parents,  custodian,  or  guardian  and  placed  under  the  guardianship  of 
some  suitable  person  to  be  appointed  by  the  court ;  and  that  the  parent, 
parents,  custodian,  or  guardian  of  such  child,  are  unfit  or  improper 
guardians,  or  are  unable  or  unwilling  to  care  for,  protect,  train,  edu- 
cate, correct,  control,  or  discipline  such  child,  or  that  the  parent, 
parents,  guardian,  or  custodian  consent  that  such  child  shall  be  taken 
from  them.  The  petition  shall  also  set  forth  either  the  name,  or  that 
the  name  is  unknown  to  petitioner  (a)  of  the  person  halving  the  custody 
of  such  child;  and  (&)  of  each  of  the  parents  or  the  surviving  parent 
of  a  legitimate  child;  or  of  the  mother  of  an  illegitimate  child;  or  (c)  if 
it  allege  that  both  such  parents  are,  or  such  mother  is,  dead,  then  of 
the  guardian,  if  any,  of  such  child;  or  (d)  if  it  allege  that  both  such 
parents  are  or  that  such  mother  is  dead  and  that  no  guardian  of  such 
child  is  known  to  petitioner.  All  persons  so  named  in  such  petition 
shall  be  made  defendants  by  name  and  shall  be  notified  of  such  pro- 
ceedings by  summons  if  residents  of  this  State  in  the  same  manner  as 
is  now  or  may  hereafter  be  required  in  court  proceedings  by  the  laws 
of  this  State  except  only  as  herein  otherwise  provided.  All  persons,  if 
any,  who  or  whose  names  are  stated  in  the  petition  to  be  unknown  to 
petitioner,  shall  be  deemed  and  taken  as  defendants  by  the  name  or 
designation  of  ' '  all  whom  it  may  concern. ' '  The  petition  shall  be  veri- 
fied by  affidavit,  which  affidavit  shall  be  sufficient  upon  information 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  71 

and  belief.  Process  shall  be  issued  against  all  persons  made  parties 
by  the  designation  of  "all  whom  it  may  concern"  by  such  descrip- 
tion, and  notice  given  by  publication  as  is  required  in  this  Act  shall  be 
sufficient  to  authorize  the  court  to  hear  and  determine  the  suit  as 
though  the  parties  had  been  sued  by  their  proper  names. 

SEC.  5.  Summons.  The  summons  shall  require  the  person  alleged 
to  have  the  custody  of  the  child  to  appear  with  the  child  at  the  time  and 
place  stated  in  the  summons;  and  shall  also  require  all  defendants  to 
be  and  appear  and  answer  the  petition  on  the  return  day  of  the  sum- 
mons. The  summons  shall  be  made  returnable  at  any  time  within 
twenty  days  after  the  date  thereof  and  may  be  served  by  the  Sheriff, 
or  by  any  duly  appointed  probation  officer,  even  though  such  officer  be 
the  petitioner.  The  return  of  such  summons  with  indorsement  of 
service  by  the  Sheriff  or  by  such  probation  officer  in  accordance  here- 
with shall  be  sufficient  proof  thereof. 

Whenever  it  shall  appear  from  the  petition  or  from  affidavit  filed  in 
the  cause  that  any  named  defendant  resides  or  hath  gone  out  of  the 
State,  or  on  due  inquiry  cannot  be  found,  or  is  concealed  within  this 
State  or  that  his  place  of  residence  is  unknown  so  that  process  cannot 
be  served  upon  him,  or  whenever  any  person  is  made  defendant  under 
the  name  or  designation  of  * '  all  whom  it  may  concern, ' '  the  Clerk  shall 
cause  publication  to  be  made  once  in  some  newspaper  of  general  cir- 
culation published  in  his  county,  and  if  there  be  none  published  in  his 
county,  then  in  a  newspaper  published  in  the  nearest  place  to  his 
county  in  this  State,  which  shall  be  substantially  as  follows : 

A,  B,  C,  D,  etc.  (here  giving  the  names  of  such  named  defendants, 
if  any),  and  to  "all  to  whom  it  may  concern"  (if  there  be  any  defend- 
ant under  such  designation)  : 

Take  notice  that  on  the  day  of  ,  A.  D.  19....,  a 

petition  was  filed  by in  the Court  of 

County  to  have  a  certain  child  named declared  a  (depend- 
ent or  delinquent)  and  to  take  from  you  the  custody  and  guardianship 
of  said  child  (and  if  the  petition  prays  for  the  appointment  of  a  guard- 
ian with  power  to  consent  to  adoption,  add  and  to  give  said  child  out 
for  adoption). 

Now,  unless  you  appear  within  ten  days  after  the  date  of  this  notice 
and  show  cause  against  such  application,  the  petition  shall  be  taken  for 
confessed  and  a  decree  granted. 

Dated  (the  date  of  publication).  ,  Clerk. 

And  he  shall  also  within  ten  days  after  the  publication  of  such  notice 
send  a  copy  thereof  by  mail,  addressed  to  such  defendants  whose  place 
of  residence  is  stated  in  the  petition,  and  who  shall  not  have  been 
served  with  summons.  Notice  given  by  publications  as  is  required  by 
this  Act  shall  be  the  only  publication  notice  required  either  in  the  case 
of  residents,  non-residents,  or  otherwise.  The  certificate  of  a  Clerk  that 
he  has  sent  such  notice  in  pursuance  of  this  section  shall  be  evidence 
thereof.  Every  defendant  who  shall  be  duly  summoned  shall  be  held 
to  appear  and  answer  either  in  writing  or  orally  in  open  court  on 
return  day  of  the  summons  or  if  such  summons  shall  be  served  less  than 
one  day  prior  to  the  return  day  then  on  the  following  day.  Every 
defendant  who  shall  be  notified  by  publication  as  herein  provided  shall 


72  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

be  held  to  appear  and  answer  either  in  writing  or  orally  in  open  court 
within  twenty  days  after  the  date  of  the  publication  notice.  The 
answer  shall  have  no  greater  weight  as  evidence  than  the  petition.  In 
default  of  an  answer  at  the  time  or  times  herein  specified  or  at  such 
further  time  as  by  order  of  court  may  be  granted  to  a  defendant,  the 
petition  may  be  taken  as  confessed.  If  the  person  having  the  custody 
or  control  of  the  child  shall  fail  without  reasonable  cause  to  bring  the 
child  into  court,  he  may  be  proceeded  against  as  in  case  of  contempt 
of  court.  In  case  the  summons  shall  be  returned  and  not  served  upon 
the  person  having  the  custody  or  control  of  such  child  or  such  person 
fails  to  obey  the  same  and  in  any  case  when  it  shall  be  made  to  appear 
to  the  court  by  affidavit,  which  may  be  on  information  and  belief  that 
such  summons  will  be  ineffectual  to  secure  the  presence  of  the  child,  a 
warrant  may  be  issued  on  the  order  of  the  court  either  against  the 
parents  or  either  of  them,  or  guardian,  or  the  person  having  the  cus- 
tody or  control  of  the  child  or  with  whom  the  child  may  be  or  against 
the  child  itself  to  bring  such  person  into  court.  On  default  of  the  cus- 
todian of  the  child  or  on  his  appearance  or  answer,  or  on  the  appear- 
ance in  person  of  the  child  in  court  with  or  without  the  summons  or 
other  process  and  on  the  answer,  default,  or  appearance,  or  written 
consent  to  the  procedings  of  the  other  defendants  thereto,  or  as  soon 
thereafter  as  may  be,  the  court  shall  proceed  to  hear  evidence.  The 
court  may,  in  any  case  when  the  child  is  not  represented  by  any  per- 
son, appoint  some  suitable  person  to  act  on  behalf  of  the  child.  At 
any  time  after  the  filing  of  the  petition  and  pending  the  final  disposi- 
tion of  the  case,  the  court  may  continue  the  hearing  from  time  to  time 
and  may  allow  such  child  to  remain  in  the  possession  of  his  custodian 
or  in  its  own  home  subject  to  the  friendly  visitation  of  a  probation 
officer,  or  it  may  order  such  child  to  be  placed  in  the  custody  of  a 
probation  officer  of  the  court,  or  of  any  suitable  person  appointed  by 
the  court,  or  to  be  kept  in  some  suitable  place  provided  by  the  city  or 
county  authorities. 

SEC.  6.  Probation  Officers.  The  District  Courts  in  this  State  shall 
have  authority  to  appoint  any  number  of  discreet  persons  of  good 
moral  character  to  serve  as  probation  officers  during  the  pleasure  of 
the  court;  said  probation  officers  to  receive  no  compensation  from  the 
county  treasury  except  as  herein  provided.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Clerk  of  the  court,  if  practicable,  to  notify  the  said  probation  officer 
when  any  child  is  to  be  brought  before  the  court;  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  such  probation  officer  to  make  investigation  of  such  case ;  to  be  pres- 
ent in  court  to  represent  the  interests  of  the  child  when  the  case  is 
heard;  to  furnish  to  such  court  such  information  and  assistance  as  the 
court  or  Judge  may  require,  and  to  take  charge  of  any  child  before  and 
after  the  trial  as  may  be  directed  by  the  court.  The  number  of  proba- 
tion officers  to  receive  compensation  from  the  county,  named  and  des- 
ignated by  the  District  Court,  shall  be  as  follows:  In  all  counties  in 
this  State  the  District  Judge  may  appoint  one  probation  officer,  when- 
ever in  the  opinion  of  the  District  Judge,  the  District  Superintendent 
of  Schools,  in  which  district  said  county  may  be  located,  or  be  a  part 
thereof,  and  a  majority  of  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  said 
county  shall  deem  such  appointment  necessary  to  care  for  the  depend- 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  73 

ent  and  delinquent  children  of  the  county;  provided,  such  probation 
officer  can  be  removed  from  office  at  any  time  by  the  said  District 
Judge.  The  salary  of  said  probation  officer  shall  not  exceed  the  sum 
of  eighteen  hundred  dollars  a  year,  and  the  expenses  of  such  probation 
officer  for  probation  work  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  seven  hundred 
and  fifty  dollars  per  year ;  provided,  that  the  said  probation  officer  can 
be  appointed  for  any  portion  or  part  of  a  year  as  the  said  District 
Judge  may  determine,  and  can  be  paid  for  the  time  and  period  said 
probation  officer  serves  under  such  appointment.  The  salary  and 
expenses  of  the  probation  officer  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  county  funds 
in  the  county  treasury  in  monthly  installments.  Any  District  Judge 
appointing  such  probation  officer  to  receive  a  salary  or  other  compensa- 
tion from  the  county  provided  for  under  this  Act,  shall  transmit  such 
appointment  to  the  District  Superintendent  of  Schools  of  the  district 
of  which  the  county  in  which  said  appointment  is  made  is  a  part,  the 
State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  and  the  Governor  of  this 
State,  who  shall  constitute  a  board  to  investigate  the  competency  of 
such  person  so  appointed  to  act  as  a  probation  officer,  and  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  a  majority  of  said  board  to  approve  or  disapprove  of  such 
appointee,  within  thirty  days  after  submission  thereof  by  the  said  Dis- 
trict Court,  and  a  failure  to  act  thereon  within  such  time  shall  consti- 
tute an  approval  of  such  appointment ;  if  a  majority  of  such  board  are  of 
the  opinion  that  such  appointee  does  not  possess  the  qualifications  for 
a  probation  officer,  they  shall  notify  the  court  of  their  conclusions 
within  thirty  days  of  the  submission  of  such  appointment  to  the 
respective  members  thereof,  whereupon  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Dis- 
trict Judge  to  withdraw  such  appointment  and  appoint  some  one  who 
shall  receive  the  approval  of  said  board.  Probation  officers  receiving 
a  salary  or  other  compensation  from  the  county,  provided  for  by  this 
Act,  are  hereby  vested  with  all  the  power  and  authority  of  police  or 
Sheriffs  to  make  arrests  and  perform  any  other  duties  ordinarily 
required  by  policemen  and  Sheriffs  which  may  be  incident  to  their 
office  or  necessary  or  convenient  to  the  performance  of  their  duties ; 
provided,  that  other  probation  officers  may  be  vested  with  like  power 
and  authority  upon  a  written  certificate  from  the  District  Judge  that 
they  are  persons  of  discretion  and  good  character,  and  that  it  is  the 
desire  of  the  court  to  vest  them  with  all  the  power  and  authority  con- 
ferred by  law  upon  probation  officers  receiving  compensation  from  the 
county.  Salaries  or  compensation  of  paid  probation  officers  permitted 
by  this  Act  shall  be  fixed  by  the  District  Judge,  not  to  exceed  the  sums 
herein  mentioned,  and  any  bills  for  expenses,  not  exceeding  the  sums 
herein  provided  for,  shall  be  certified  to  by  the  District  Judge  as  being 
necessary  in  and  about  the  performance  of  the  duties  of  probation  offi- 
cer or  officers.  The  appointment  of  probation  officers  and  the  approval 
thereof  as  to  the  qualifications  of  such  officers  by  the  board  herein  des- 
ignated, shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Court.  Probation 
officers  shall  take  an  oath  such  as  may  be  required  of  other  county  offi- 
cers to  perform  their  duties  and  file  it  in  the  office  of  Clerk  of  the 
District  Court.  Nothing  herein  contained,  however,  shall  be  held  to 
limit  or  abridge  the  power  of  the  District  Judge  to  appoint  any  num- 
ber of  persons  as  probation  officers,  whom  said  Judge  may  see  fit  and 


74  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

who  may  be  willing  to  serve  without  pay  from  the  county  for  such 
services  as  probation  officers. 

SEC.  7.  Dependent  and  Neglected  Children.  If  the  court  shall  find 
any  male  child  under  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  or  any  female  child 
under  the  age  of  eighteen  years,  to  be  dependent  or  neglected  within 
the  meaning  of  this  Act,  the  court  may  allow  such  child  to  remain  at  its 
home  subject  to  the  friendly  visitation  of  a  probation  officer,  or  to 
report  to  the  court  or  probation  officer  from  its  home  or  school  at  such 
times  as  the  court  may  require.  And  if  parent,  parents,  guardian,  or 
custodian  consent  thereto,  or  if  the  court  shall  further  find  that  the 
parent,  parents,  guardian,  or  custodian  of  such  child  are  unfit  or 
improper  guardians  or  are  unable  or  unwilling  to  care  for,  protect, 
train,  educate,  correct,  or  discipline  such  child  and  that  it  is  for  the 
interest  of  such  child  and  of  the  people  of  this  State  that  such  child  be 
taken  from  the  custody  of  its  parents,  custodian,  or  guardian,  the  court 
may  make  an  order  appointing  as  guardian  of  the  person  of  such  child, 
some  reputable  citizen  of  good  moral  character,  and  order  such  guard- 
ian to  place  such  child  in  some  suitable  family  home  or  other  suitable 
place,  which  such  guardian  may  provide  for  such  child,  or  the  court 
may  enter  an  order  committing  such  child  to  some  suitable  state  insti- 
tution, of  this  or  any  other  State  organized  for  the  care  of  dependent 
or  neglected  children,  or  to  some  training  school  or  industrial  school  or 
children's  home-finding  society  of  this  or  any  other  State  or  to  some 
association  embracing  in  its  objects  the  purpose  of  caring  for  or  obtain- 
ing homes  for  neglected  or  dependent  children,  which  association  shall 
have  been  accredited  as  hereinafter  provided. 

SEC.  8.  Guardianship.  In  every  case  where  such  child  is  committed 
to  an  institution,  or  association,  the  court  shall  appoint  the  president, 
secretary,  or  superintendent  of  such  institution  or  association,  guardian 
over  the  person  of  such  child  and  shall  order  such  guardian  to  place 
such  child  in  such  institution  or  with  such  association,  whereof  he  is 
such  officer,  and  to  hold  such  child,  care  for,  train,  and  educate  it  sub- 
ject to  the  rules  and  laws  that  may  be  in  force  from  time  to  time  gov- 
erning such  institution  or  association. 

SEC.  9.  Delinquent  Children.  If  the  court  shall  find  any  male 
child  under  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  or  any  female  child  under  the 
age  of  eighteen  years,  to  be  delinquent  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act, 
the  court  may  allow  such  child  to  remain  at  its  own  home  subject  to 
the  friendly  visitation  of  a  probation  officer,  such  child  to  report  to  the 
court  or  probation  officer  with  such  record  of  its  conduct  in  its  home 
or  school  as  the  court  may  require  as  often  as  may  be  required,  and  if 
the  parents,  parent,  guardian,  or  custodian  consent  thereto,  or  if  the 
court  shall  further  find  either  that  the  parent,  parents,  guardian,  or 
custodian  are  unfit  or  improper  guardians  or  are  unable  or  unwilling 
to  care  for,  protect,  educate,  or  discipline  such  child  and  shall  further 
find  that  the  parent,  parents,  guardian,  or  custodian  are  unfit  or 
improper  guardians  or  are  unable  or  unwilling  to  care  for,  protect, 
educate  or  discipline  such  child  and  shall  further  find  that  it  is  for  the 
interest  of  such  child  and  of  the  people  of  this  State  that  such  child 
be  taken  from  the  custody  of  its  parents,  parent,  custodian,  or  guard- 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  75 

ian,  the  court  may  appoint  some  proper  person  or  probation  officer 
guardian  over  the  person  of  such  child  and  permit  it  to  remain  at  its 
home,  or  order  such  guardian  to  cause  such  child  to  be  placed  in  a 
suitable  family  home,  or  cause  it  to  be  boarded  out  in  some  suitable 
home,  in  case  provision  is  made  by  voluntary  contribution  or  otherwise 
for  the  payment  of  the  board;  or  the  court  may  commit  such  child  to 
any  institution  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  this  or  any  other  State 
to  care  for  delinquent  children,  or  to  any  institution  that  has  been_pr 
may  be  provided  by  the  State,  county,  city,  town,  or  village  suitable  for 
the  care  of  delinquent  children,  including  a  detention  home  or  school, 
or  to  some  association  that  will  receive  it,  embracing  in  its  objects  the 
care  of  neglected,  dependent,  or  delinquent  children  and  which  has 
been  duly  accredited  as  hereinafter  provided.  In  every  case  where 
such  child  is  committed  to  an  institution  or  association,  the  court  shall 
appoint  the  president,  secretary,  or  superintendent  of  such  institution 
or  association,  guardian  over  the  person  of  such  child  and  shall  order 
such  guardian  to  place  such  child  in  such  institution  or  with  such  asso- 
ciation, whereof  he  is  such  officer,  and  to  hold  such  child,  care  for, 
train,  and  educate  it  subject  to  the  rules  and  laws  that  may  be  in  force, 
from  time  to  time  governing  such  institution  or  association. 

SEC.  10.  The  court  may  in  its  discretion  in  any  case  of  a  delinquent 
child  permit  such  child  to  be  proceeded  against  in  accordance  with  the 
laws  that  may  be  in  force  in  this  State  governing  the  commission  of 
crimes  or  violation  of  city,  village,  or  town  ordinances;  in  such  case 
the  petition  filed  under  this  Act  shall  be  dismissed. 

SEC.  11.  The  court  may  when  the  health  or  condition  of  any  child 
found  to  be  dependent,  neglected,  or  delinquent,  requires  it,  order  the 
guardian  to  cause  such  child  to  be  placed  in  a  public  hospital  or  insti- 
tution for  treatment  or  special  care,  or  in  a  private  hospital  or  institu- 
tion, which  will  receive  it  for  like  purposes,  without  charge  to  the 
public  authorities. 

SEC.  12.  Any  child  found  to  be  dependent,  neglected,  or  delinquent 
as  defined  in  this  Act,  and  awarded  by  the  court  to  a  guardian,  institu- 
tion or  association,  shall  be  held  by  such  guardian,  institution,  or  asso- 
ciation, as  the  case  may  be,  by  virtue  of  the  order  entered  of  record  in 
such  case,  and  the  Clerk  of  the  court  shall  issue  and  cause  to  be  deliv- 
ered to  such  guardian  or  association  a  certified  copy  of  such  order  of 
the  court,  which  certified  copy  of  such  order  shall  be  proof  of  the 
authority  of  such  guardian,  institution,  or  association  in  behalf  of  such 
child,  and  no  other  process  need  issue  to  warrant  the  keeping  of  such 
child.  The  guardianship  under  this  Act  shall  continue  until  the  court 
shall  by  further  order  otherwise  direct,  but  not  after  such  child  shall 
have  reached  the  age  of  twenty-one  years.. 

SEC.  13.  The  court  may,  from  time  to  time,  cite  into  court  the 
guardian,  institution,  or  association  to  whose  care  any  dependent,  neg- 
lected, or  delinquent  child  has  been  awarded,  and  require  him  or  it  to 
make  a  full,  true,  and  perfect  report  as  to  his  or  its  doings  in  behalf  of 
such  child;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  such  guardian,  institution,  or 
association,  within  ten  days  after  such  citation,  to  make  such  report 
either  in  writing  verified  by  affidavit,  or  verbally  under  oath  in  open 


76  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

court,  or  otherwise  as  the  court  shall  direct,  and  upon  the  hearing  of 
such  report,  with  or  without  further  evidence,  the  court  may,  if  it  sees 
fit.  remove  such  guardian  and  appoint  another  in  his  stead,  or  take 
such  child  away  from  such  institution  or  association  and  place  it  in 
another,  or  restore  such  child  to  the  custody  of  its  parents  or  former 
guardian  or  custodian. 

SEC.  14.  Transfers  From  Justice  and  Police  Magistrates.  When  in 
any  county  where  a  court  is  held  as  provided  in  section  two  of  this  Act, 
a  male  child  under  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  or  a  female  child  under 
the  age  of  eighteen  years,  is  arrested  with  or  without  warrant,  such 
child  may,  instead  of  being  taken  before  a  Justice  of  the  Peace  or 
police  magistrate,  be  taken  directly  before  such  court;  or  if  the  child 
is  taken  before  a  Justice  of  the  Peace  or  police  magistrate,  such  Justice 
or  magistrate  shall  inquire  into  such  case,  and  unless  he  be  of  the1 
opinion  that  no  sufficient  foundation  exists  for  the  charge  of  depend- 
ency or  delinquency,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  such  Justice  of  the  Peace 
or  police  magistrate  to  transfer  the  case  to  the  District  Court,  and  the 
officer  having  the  child  in  charge  to  take  the  child  before  such  court, 
and  in  any  case  the  District  Court  may  proceed  to  hear  and  dispose  of 
the  case  in  the  same  manner  as  if  the  child^ad  been  brought  before  the 
court  upon  petition  as  herein  provided.  In  any  case,  the  court  shall 
require  notice  to  be  given  and  investigation  to  be  made  as  in  other  cases 
under  this  Act,  and  may  adjourn  the  hearing  from  time  to  time  for 
that  purpose. 

SEC.  15.  Children  Under  Twelve  Years  Not  to  be  Committed  to  Jail. 
No  court  or  magistrate  shall  commit  a  child  under  twelve  years  of  age 
to  a  jail  or  police  station,  but  if  such  child  is  unable  to  give  bail  it  may 
be  committed  to  the  care  of  the  Sheriff,  police  officer,  or  probation  offi- 
cer who  shall  keep  such  child  in  some  suitable  place  provided  by  the 
city  or  county  outside  of  the  enclosure  of  any  jail  or  police  station. 
When  any  child  shall  be  sentenced  to  confinement  in  any  institution  to 
which  adult  convicts  are  sentenced,  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  confine  such 
child  in  the  same  building  with  such  adult  convicts,  or  to  confine  such 
child  in  the  same  yard  or  enclosure  with  such  adult  convicts,  or  to  bring 
such  child  into  any  yard  or  building  in  which  adult  convicts  may  be 
present.  In  counties  of  over  fifteen  thousand  population  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  proper  authorities  to  provide  and  maintain  at  public 
expense  a  house  separated  and  removed  from  any  jail  or  lockup,  to  be 
in  charge  of  a  matron  or  other  person  of  good  moral  character,  wherein 
all  children  within  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall,  when  necessary 
before  or  after  trial,  be  detained  either  for  securing  the  attendance  of 
such  child  at  any  hearing  or  trial  of  any  cause,  or  for  such  disciplinary 
purposes  as  may  seem  necessary  to  the  court  for  the  best  interests  of 
said  child  and  of  the  State.  Any  child  within  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  informed  against  or  regarding  which  a  petition  has  been  filed,  or 
for  any  purpose  taken  into  custody,  shall,  at  any  time  before  it  is  tried 
and  adjudged  to  be  delinquent,  be  entitled,  by  any  friend  or  parent 
offering  sufficient  surety,  to  give  bond  or  other  security  for  its  appear- 
ance at  any  hearing  or  trial  of  such  case  as  such  right  is  given  to  per- 
sons informed  against  for  crime ;  and  the  court  may  in  any  case,  upon 
the  request  of  said  child  or  parent  representing  it,  appoint  counsel  to 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  77 

appear  and  defend  on  behalf  of  any  such  child,  such  counsel  to  receive 
no  pay  from  the  county. 

SEC.  16.  Agents  of  Juvenile  Reformatories.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  board  of  managers,  trustees,  or  such  authorities  as  may  be  vested 
\)y  law  with  the  control  or  management  of  any  state  institution  now  or 
hereafter  established  to  which  juvenile  delinquents  may  be  committed 
by  the  courts  of  this  State,  to  maintain  an  agent  of  such  institution, 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  examine  the  homes  of  children  paroled  from 
such  institution,  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  and  reporting  to  said 
institutions  where  they  have  suitable  homes ;  to  assist  children  paroled 
or  discharged  from  such  institutions  in  finding  employment  and  to 
maintain  a  friendly  supervision  over  paroled  inmates  during  the  con- 
tinuance of  their  parole;  such  agent  shall  hold  office  subject  to  the 
pleasure  of  the  board  or  other  authority  having  charge  of  said  institu- 
tion, making  the  appointment,  and  shall  receive  such  compensation  as 
such  board  or  authorities  controlling  such  institution  may  determine 
out  of  any  funds  appropriated  for  such  institution  which  may  be  appli- 
cable thereto. 

SEC.  17.  Incorporation  of  Association.  No  association  whose  objects 
embrace  the  caring  for  dependent,  neglected,  or  delinquent  children 
shall  hereafter  be  incorporated  in  this  State. 

SEC.  18.  The  State  of  Nevada  shall  be  chargeable  with  and  defray 
all  expenses  incurred  for  the  support,  maintenance,  education,  care, 
custody,  and  control  of  each  and  every  child  after  its  commitment 
under  the  terms  and  provisions  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  19.  Order  Relating  to  Adoption.  Whenever  the  petition  filed, 
as  is  provided  in  section  four  hereof,  or  a  supplemental  petition  filed  at 
any  time  after  the  appointment  of  the  guardian,  shall  pray  that  the 
guardian  appointed  or  to  be  appointed  shall  be  authorized  to  consent 
to  the  legal  adoption  of  the  child,  and  the  court  upon  the  hearing  shall 
find  that  it  is  to  the  best  interests  of  such  child  that  the  guardian  be 
given  such  authority,  the  court  may,  in  its  order  appointing  such 
guardian,  empower  him  to  appear  in  court  where  any  proceedings  for 
the  adoption  of  such  child  may  be  pending,  and  to  consent  to  such 
adoption;  and  such  consent  shall  be  sufficient  to  authorize  the  court 
where  the  adoption  proceedings  are  pending  to  enter  a  proper  order 
or  decree  of  adoption  without  further  notice  to  or  consent  by  the 
parents  or  relatives  of  such  child ;  provided,  however,  that  before  enter- 
ing such  order  the  court  shall  find  from  the  evidence  that  (1)  the 
parents  or  surviving  parent  of  a  legitimate  child  or  the  mother  of  an 
illegitimate  child,  or  if  the  child  has  no  parents  living,  the  guardian  of 
the  child,  if  any,  or  if  there  is  no  parent  living  and  the  child  has  no 
guardian  or  the  guardian  is  not  known  to  petitioner,  then  a  known, 
near  relative  of  the  child,  if  any  there  be,  consents  to  such  order"; 
or  (2)  that  one  parent  consents  and  the  other  is  unfit  for  any  of  the 
reasons  hereinafter  specified  to  have  the  child,  or  that  both  parents  are 
or  that  the  surviving  parent  or  the  mother  of  an  illegitimate  child  is  so 
unfit  for  such  reasons — the  grounds  of  unfitness  being  (a)  depravity, 
(fe)  open  and  notorious  adultery  or  fornication,  (c)  habitual  drunken- 
ness for  the  space  of  one  year  prior  to  the  filing  of  petition,  (d)  extreme 
and  repeated  cruelty  to  the  child,  (e)  abandonment  of  the  child  or 


78  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

(/)  desertion  of  the  child  for  more  than  six  months  next  preceding  the 
filing  of  the  petition,  and  (3)  that  such  child,  if  of  the  age  of  fourteen 
years  or  over,  consents  to  such  order. 

SEC.  20.  Foreign  Corporations.  No  association  which  is  incorpo- 
rated under  the  laws  of  any  other  State  than  the  State  of  Nevada  shall 
place  any  child  in  any  family  home  within  the  boundaries  of  the  State 
of  Nevada  either  with  or  without  indenture  or  for  adoption,  unless  the 
said  association  shall  have  furnished  the  Attorney-General  with  such 
guaranty  as  he  may  require  that  no  child  shall  be  brought  into  the 
State  of  Nevada  by  such  society  or  its  agents,  having  any  contagious, 
or  incurable  disease,  or  having  any  deformity  or  being  feeble  minded, 
or  of  vicious  character,  and  that  said  association  shall  promptly  receive 
and  remove  from  the  State  any  child  brought  into  the  State  of  Nevada 
by  its  agent,  which  shall  become  a  public  charge  within  the  period  of 
five  years  after  being  brought  into  the  State.  Any  person  who  shall 
receive,  to  be  placed  in  a  home,  or  shall  place  in  a  home,  any  child  in 
behalf  of  any  association  incorporated  in  any  other  State  than  the 
State  of  Nevada,  which  shall  not  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Act,  shall  be  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  more  than  thirty 
days,  or  fined  no  less  than  five  dollars  or  more  than  one  hundred  dol- 
lars, or  both,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

SEC.  21.  Religious  Preference.  The  court  in  committing  children 
shall  place  them  as  far  as  practicable  in  the  care  and  custody  of  some 
individual  holding  the  same  religious  belief  as  the  parents  of  the  said 
child,  or  with  some  association  or  institution  which  is  controlled  by 
persons  of  like  religious  faith  of  the  parents  of  said  child. 

SEC.  22.  Officers  of  Courts.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  court 
clerk  or  other  person  to  tax  or  collect,  or  for  any  county  to  pay  any 
fees  whatever  which  may  be  permitted  by  any  law  to  be  taxed  or  col- 
lected for  the  benefit  of  any  court  officer  or  person  for  any  case  con- 
cerning any  child  coming  within  the  provisions  of  this  Act  for  violating 
any  law  of  this  State  unless  such  child  shall  be  proceeded  against  under 
the  provisions  and  in  accordance  with  the  purpose  of  this  Act,  except 
in  capital  cases  or  where  the  courts  shall  direct  a  proceeding  under  the 
criminal  code,  as  provided  in  section  ten  of  this  Act,  or  where  a  case 
has  been  instituted  before  a  Justice  of  the  Peace  or  police  magistrate, 
who  shall  duly  comply  with  the  terms  of  section  fourteen  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  23.  .  Construction  of  Act.  This  Act  shall  be  liberally  construed 
to  the  end  that  its  purpose  may  be  carried  out,  to  wit,  that  the  care, 
custody,  and  discipline  of  the  child  shall  approximate  as  nearly  as  may 
be  that  which  should  be  given  by  its  parents,  and  in  all  cases  of 
dependency  where  it  can  be  properly  done,  that  the  child  shall  be  placed 
in  an  approved  family  home,  and  become  a  member  of  a  home  and 
family  by  legal  adoption  or  otherwise,  and  in  cases  of  delinquency, 
that,  as  far  as  possible,  or  practicable,  any  delinquent  child  shall  be 
treated,  not  as  a  criminal,  but  as  misdirected  and  misguided  and  need- 
ing aid,  encouragement,  and  assistance,  and  if  such  child  cannot  be 
handled,  properly  cared  for,  and  corrected  in  its  own  home,  or  with  the 
assistance  and  help  of  the  probation  officers,  then  that  it  may  be  placed 
in  a  suitable  institution  where  it  may  be  helped  and  educated  and 
equipped  for  industrial  efficiency  and  useful  citizenship. 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  79 

SEC.  24.  Support  of  Children.  If  it  shall  appear,  upon  the  hearing 
of  the  cause,  that  the  parent,  parents,  or  any  person  or  persons  named 
in  such  petition  who  are  in  law  liable  for  the  support  of  such  child,  are 
able  to  contribute  to  the  support  of  such  child,  the  court  shall  enter  an 
order  requiring  such  parent,  parents,  or  other  persons  to  pay  to  the 
guardian  so  appointed,  or  to  the  institution  to  which  such  child  may  be 
committed,  or  to  the  State,  a  reasonable  sum  from  time  to  time  for  the 
support,  maintenance,  or  education  of  such  child,  and  the  court  may 
order  such  parent,  parents,  or  other  persons  to  give  reasonable  security 
for  the  payment  of  such  sum  or  sums,  and,  upon  failure  to  pay,  the 
court  may  enforce  obedience  to  such  order  as  for  contempt  of  court. 
The  court  may,  on  application  and  on  such  notice  as  the  court  may 
direct  from  time  to  time,  make  such  alterations  in  the  allowance  as  may 
appear  reasonable  and  proper. 

SEC.  25.  Guardianship  of  Person.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be 
construed  to  give  the  guardian  appointed  under  this  Act  the  guardian- 
ship of  the  estate  of  the  child  or  to  change  the  age  of  minority  for  any 
other  purpose  except  the  custody  of  the  child. 

SEC.  26.  Appeals.  Cases  under  this  Act  may  be  reviewed  by  appeal 
to  the  Supreme  Court. 

SEC.  27.  Contempt  of  Court.  Any  person  who  shall  interfere  with 
the  direction  or  disposition  of  any  child  under  any  order  of  the  court 
concerning  any  child  made  in  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
or  with  any  probation  or  other  officer  of  the  court  in  carrying  out  the 
directions  of  the  court  under  any  such  order,  shall  be  held  to  be  in 
contempt  of  court  and  subject  to  punishment  as  for  contempt  of  court. 

SEC.  28.  Validity  of  Acts.  The  invalidity  of  any  portion  of  this 
Act  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  any  other  portion  thereof  which  can 
be  given  effect  without  such  invalid  part. 


PROTECTION    OF    SCHOOL    CHILDREN. 


CHAP.  XIX — An  Act  to  secure  protection  to  school  children  and  to 
preserve  the  peace  of  public  schools,  and  matters  connected  there- 

Approved  March  6,  1893,  p.  106. 

Misdemeanor  to  Interfere  With  Pupil. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  or  persons  to 
detain,  beat,  whip,  or  otherwise  interfere  with  any  pupil  or  pupils 
attending  any  public  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada  on  his,  her,  or  their 
way  to  or  from  such  school  against  the  will  of  such  pupil  or  pupils. 

Misdemeanor  to  Disturb  School. 

SEC.  2.  It  shall  be  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  or  persons  to  dis- 
turb the  peace  of  any  public  school  in  the  State  of  Nevada  by  using  vile 
or  indecent  language,  or  by  threatening  or  assaulting  any  pupil  or 
teacher  within  the  building  or  grounds  of  such  school,  and  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  Act  the  ground  of  every  public  school  in  the  State  of 
Nevada  shall  extend  to  a  distance  of  fifty  yards  in  all  directions  from 
the  school  building. 


80  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  3.  Any  person  or  persons  convicted  of  a  misdemeanor  under 
either  of  the  foregoing  sections  of  this  Act  shall  be  subject  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  three  hundred  dollars  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not 
to  exceed  six  months,  or  to  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


PROTECTION  OF  SCHOOL  PROPERTY. 


CHAP.  XX — An  Act  to  prevent  malicious  injury  to  church,  school,  and 
other  buildings  and  property,  and  to  protect  persons  from  mali- 
cious annoyance,  and  matters  properly  relating  thereto. 

Approved  March  13,  1895,  p.  63. 

Injure  or  Deface  Buildings. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  or  persons  to 
wilfully  and  maliciously  injure,  mark,  or  deface  any  church  edifice, 
schoolhouse  or  other  building,  public  or  private,  its  fixtures,  books,  or 
appurtenances,  or  to  commit  any  nuisance  therein,  or  to  purposely  and 
maliciously  commit  any  trespass  upon  the  grounds  attached  thereto,  or 
any  fixtures  placed  thereon,  or  any  enclosure  or  sidewalk  about  the 
same,  or  in  any  manner  to  maliciously  and  purposely  interfere  with  or 
disturb  those  peaceably  assembled  within  such  building  or  buildings. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  2.  Any  person  or  persons  convicted  of  a  misdemeanor  under 
the  foregoing  section  of  this  Act  shall  be  subject  to  a  fine,  not  exceeding 
two  hundred  dollars,  or  to  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  to 
exceed  six  months,  or  to  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 


LOCATION    OF    HOSPITALS. 


CHAP.  XXI — An  Act  to  regulate  the  location,  equipment,  or  mainte- 
nance of  hospitals. 

Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  430. 

Hospitals  Prohibited  Near  Schools. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  persons,  firm,  cor- 
poration, or  association,  to  locate  or  maintain  any  hospital  for  the  treat- 
ment of  diseased  or  injured  persons  within  three  hundred  feet  of  any 
public  school  building ;  provided,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  apply  to 
hospitals  now  being  operated. 

Penalty. 

SEC.  2.  Any  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall 
be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof,  shall  be  fined 
not  less  than  fifty  dollars  nor  more  than  three  hundred  dollars. 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 


81 


LOCATION    OF    HOUSES    OF    ILL-FAME. 


CHAP.  XXII — An  Act  to  regulate  houses  of  prostitution,  dance-houses, 
and  houses  where  beer,  wine,  or  spirituous  liquors  are  sold. 

Approved  February  26,  1887,  p.  84. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be^  unlawful  for  any  owner  or  agent  of  any 
owner,  or  any  other  person,  to  keep  any  house  of  ill-fame,  or  to  let  or 
rent  to  any  person  whomsoever,  for  any  length  of  time  whatever,  to  be 
kept  or  used  as  a  house  of  ill-fame,  or  resort  for  the  purpose  of  prosti- 
tution, any  house,  room,  or  structure  situated  within  four  hundred 
yards  of  any  schoolhouse  or  schoolroom  used  by  any  public  or  common 
school  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  or  within  four  hundred  yards  of  any 
church  edifice,  building,  or  structure,  erected  and  used  for  devotional 
services  or  religious  worship  in  the  State  of  Nevada.  As  amended, 
Stats.  1903,  p.  82. 

SEC.  2.      [Regarding  location  on  main  streets  or  thoroughfares.] 

SEC.  3.  Any  person  violating  the  provisions  of  sections  one  or  two 
of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  on  conviction 
shall  be  fined  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more  than  three 
hundred  dollars,  or  to  be  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than 
five  nor  more  than  sixty  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment, 
in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

SEC.  4.     [Repealed,  Statutes  1889,  p.  85.] 

SEC.  5.     [Regarding  evidence.] 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Attorney  and  Sheriff  of 
each  county  in  this  State  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  this  Act  are 
strictly  enforced  and  carried  into  effect,  and  upon  neglect  so  to  do  they, 
or  either  of  them,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  misdemeanor  in  office,  and 
may  be  proceeded  against  as  provided  in  sections  sixty-three  to  seventy- 
two,  inclusive,  of  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  relating  to  elections," 
approved  March  twelfth,  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-three.  (See 
Cutting's  Compiled  Laws,  Sections  1646  to  1655  inclusive.) 

SEC.  7.  This  Act  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  from  and  after 
the  first  day  of  May,  eighteen  hundred  and  eighty-seven. 


TOWN-SITE   BLOCK  RESERVED   FOR   SCHOOL   USES. 


CHAP.  XXIII — An  Act  authorizing  the  owners  of  land  to  lay  out  and 
plat  such  land  into  lots,  streets,  alleys,  and  public  places,  and  pro- 
viding for  the  approval  and  filing  of  maps  or  plats  thereof. 

Approved  March  13,  1905,  p.  223. 

SECTION  1.  Owner  May  Plat  Lands.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  any 
owner  or  owners  of  any  land,  or  any  trustee  or  trustees  selected  by  such 
owners,  to  lay  out  and  plat  such  land  into  lots,  streets,  alleys,  and  pub- 
lic squares. 

SEC.  2.  Map.  Whenever  any  lands  are  hereafter  laid  out  and 
6 


82  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

platted  as  mentioned  in  section  one,  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  same 
or  any  trustee  or  trustees  selected  by  such  owner  or  owners,  shall  cause 
to  be  made  out  an  accurate  map  or  plat,  particularly  setting  forth  and 
describing : 

1.  All  the  parcels  of  ground  so  laid  out  and  platted  by  their  bound- 
aries, course,  and  extent,  and  whether  they  are  intended  for  avenues, 
streets,  lanes,  alleys,  commons,  or  other  public  uses,  together  with  such 
as  may  be  reserved  for  public  purposes,  and  every  map  or  plat  of  ground 
so  laid  out  shall,  if  it  covers  forty  or  more  acres  of  land,  show  one  block 
for  every  quarter-section  of  land  in  the  parcel  of  ground  so  mapped  or 
platted,  and  the  block  so  designated  upon  the  map  shall  be  forever 
devoted  and  dedicated  to  the  uses  of  the  public-school  system  of  the 
district  in  which  it  is  located. 

2.  All  lots  intended  for  sale  by  numbers  and  their  precise  length  and 
width.    As  amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  111. 

[Sections  3  to  12,  inclusive,  relate  to  drawing,  approving,  and  filing 
such  plats.     See  Statutes  1905,  p.  224.] 


TEACHERS    EXEMPT    FROM    JURY    DUTY. 


CHAP.  XXIV — An  Act  to  exempt  teachers  from  jury  duty. 
Approved  March  14,  1903,  p.  111. 

SECTION  1.  Teachers  actually  engaged  in  teaching  in  the  public 
schools  of  the  State  and  members  of  the  Faculty  of  the  State  University 
shall  be  exempt  from  jury  duty  during  the  session  of  the  public  schools 
or  University,  but  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  as  to  excuse 
said  teachers  from  liability  to  jury  duty  during  a  vacation. 


THE    NATIONAL    FLAG. 


CHAP.  XXV — An  Act  to  require  School  Trustees  to  procure  and  hoist 
on  public  schoolhouses  the  United  States  flag. 

Approved  March  13,  1909,  p.  100. 

SECTION  1.  Boards  of  School  Trustees  in  all  school  districts  through- 
out the  State  shall  provide  for  their  respective  schoolhouses  a  suitable 
flag  of  the  United  States,  which  shall  be  hoisted  on  the  respective 
schoolhouses  on  all  suitable  occasions. 

SEC.  2.  The  respective  Boards  of  Trustees  are  hereby  authorized 
and  directed  to  cause  said  flags  to  be  paid  for  out  of  any  county  school 
money  in  their  respective  school  district  funds  not  required  for  regular 
school  expenses. 

SEC.  3.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  on  approval. 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  83 

THE    STATE    FLAG. 


CHAP.  XXVI — An  Act  adopting  the  design  of  the  flag  of  the  State 

of  Nevada. 

Approved  February  25,  1905,  p.  42. 

SECTION  1.  The  flag  of  the  State  of  Nevada  will  be  of  blue  bunting, 
with  the  following  devices  thereon,  to  wit:  The  word  "NEVADA"  in 
silver-colored  block  letters,  equidistant  between  the  top  and  bottom; 
near  the  top  the  word  "SILVER"  in  silver  color,  and  near  the  bottom 
the  word  "GOLD"  in  gold  color,  each  of  which  shall  be  in  Roman 
capital  letters,  and  there  shall  be  under  the  word  ' '  Silver  "a  row  of 
eight  stars  in  silver  color,  under  which  and  above  the  word  "Nevada" 
a  row  of  nine  stars  in  gold  color,  at  each  end  of  the  word  ' '  Nevada ' '  a 
silver-colored  star,  and  under  the  word  "Nevada"  a  row  of  nine  stars 
in  gold  color,  under  which  and  above  the  word  '  *  Gold ' '  a  row  of  eight 
stars  in  silver  color.  Each  star  shall  have  five  points  and  be  placed 
with  one  point  up. 

ARBOR    DAY. 


CHAP.  XXVII — An  Act  establishing  Arbor  Day. 
Approved  February  10,  1887,  p.  51. 

School  Holiday. 

SECTION  1.  Arbor  Day  is  hereby  established  in' the  State  of  Nevada, 
and  shall  be  fixed  each  year  by  proclamation  of  the  Governor  at  least 
one  month  before  the  fixing  of  such  date,  and  it  shall  be  observed  as  a 
holiday  by  the  public  schools  of  this  State;  provided,  that  nothing  in 
this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  making  this  a  legal  holiday,  so  far  as 
the  courts  and  civil  contracts  are  concerned. 

Governor  to  Make  Proclamation. 

SEC.  2.  His  Excellency  the  Governor  is  requested  to  make  procla- 
mation setting  forth  the  provisions  of  the  first  section  of  this  statute, 
and  recommending  that  Arbor  Day  so  established,  be  observed  by  the 
people  of  the  State  in  the  planting  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines,  in  the 
promotion  of  forest  growth  and  culture,  in  the  adornment  of  public 
and  private  grounds,  places,  and  ways,  and  in  such  other  efforts  and 
undertakings  as  shall  be  in  harmony  with  the  character  of  the  day  so 
established. 

UNIVERSITY    OF    NEVADA. 


CHAP.  XXVIII — An  Act  to  fix  the  name  of  the  State  University  of 

Nevada. 

Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  433. 

SECTION  1.     The  legal  and  corporate  name  of  the  State  University 
shall  be  the  University  of  Nevada. 


84  SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA. 

CHAP.  XXIX — An  Act  relating  to  the  State  University,  and  matters 
properly  connected  therewith. 

Approved  February  7,  1887,  p.  42. 
Literary  and  Scientific  Course  at  State  University. 

SECTION  1.  There  shall  be  established  in  the  State  University  of 
Nevada,  a  school  for  the  instruction  of  teachers,  in  which  shall  be 
taught  all  the  branches  of  instruction  which  are  taught  in  the  common 
schools  of  this  State,  together  with  the  theory  and  practice  of  teaching, 
school  law,  botany,  physiology,  and  geology.  There  shall  also  be  taught 
in  said  University,  chemistry,  assaying,  mineralogy,  surveying,  and 
geology,  so  far  as  they  relate  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  mining, 
agriculture,  and  the  mechanic  arts.  There  shall  also  be  taught  in  the 
preparatory  department  of  said  University,  typewriting,  shorthand, 
telegraphy,  bookkeeping,  and  commercial  law,  so  far  as  they  relate  to 
the  practical  affairs  of  life.  As  amended,  Stats.  1891,  p.  92. 

Five  Regents  Authorized — Two  Elected  at  Every  General  Election. 

SEC.  2.  From  and  after  the  first  day  of  January,  A.  D.  1907,  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  the  State  University  shall  consist  of  five  members ; 
those  who  are  elected  for  the  term  of  four  years  to  be  known  as  '  *  Long- 
Term  Regents ' '  and  those  who  are  elected  for  the  term  of  two  years  to 
be  known  as  "Short-Term  Regents, "  and  to  hold  their  offices  for  the 
several  periods  for  which  they  are  elected,  and  until  their  successors 
are  elected  and  qualified.  At  the  general  election  held  in  1906  there 
shall  be  elected  two  Long-Term  Regents,  who  shall  hold  their  office  for 
the  term  of  four  years,  and  two  Short-Term  Regents,  who  shall  hold 
their  office  for  the  period  of  two  years.  Thereafter,  at  each  general 
election,  there  shall  be  elected  two  Regents  for  the  long  term  and  one 
Regent  for  the  short  term  in  the  same  manner  as  other  state  officers 
are  elected.  The  persons  elected  as  Regents  under  the  provisions  of 
this  Act,  before  entering  upon  the  discharge  of  their  office',  shall  take 
and  subscribe  to  the  official  oath  and  file  the  same  in  the  office  of  the 
Secretary  of  State.  In  case  of  vacancy  in  said  Board  of  Regents,  the 
Governor  shall  fill  the  same  by  appointment  until  the  next  general  elec- 
tion, when  such  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  election.  The  term  of  office 
of  each  Regent  shall  begin  on  the  first  Monday  of  January  after  his 
election.  As  amended,  Stats.  1905,  p.  190. 

Powers  and  Duties  of  Regents. 

SEC.  3.  The  powers  and  duties  of  the  Board  of  Regents  are  as 
follows : 

First — To  prescribe  rules  for  their  own  government,  and  for  the 
government  of  the  University. 

Second — To  prescribe  rules  for  the  reports  of  officers  and  teachers  of 
the  University. 

Third — To  prescribe  the  course  of  study,  the  time  and  standard  of 
graduation,  and  the  commencement  and  duration  of  the  terms,  and  the 
length  of  the  vacations  of  the  University. 

Fourth — To  prescribe  the  text-books,  and  provide  apparatus  and 
furniture  for  the  use  of  pupils. 


SCHOOL  LAWS  OF  NEVADA.  85 

Fifth — To  appoint  a  President  of  the  University,  who  shall  have  a 
diploma  from  some  recognized  college  of  learning  of  good  standing,  or 
some  state  normal  school,  who  has  had  at  least  five  years  of  practical 
experience  as  an  instructor;  who  is  familiar  with  the  modern  methods 
of  imparting  instruction  generally  approved  in  the  United  States,  and 
who  shall  be  endorsed  as  to  moral  character  and  qualifications  as  an 
instructor  by  the  president  and  faculty  of  three  institutions  of  learning- 
authorized  by  law  to  confer  degrees. 

Sixth — To  prescribe  the  duties  of  the  President,  and  fix  his  salary 
and  the  salaries  of  all  other  teachers  in  the  University. 

Seventh — To  require  the  President,  under  their  direction,  to  establish 
and  maintain  training  and  model  schools,  and  require  the  pupils  of  the 
University  to  teach  and  instruct  classes  therein. 

Eighth — To  control  the  expenditures  of  all  moneys  appropriated  for 
the  support  and  maintenance  of  the  University,  and  all  moneys  received 
from  any  source  whatsoever. 

Ninth — To  keep  open  to  public  inspection  an  account  of  receipts  and 
expenditures. 

Tenth — To  annually  report  to  the  Governor  a  statement  of  all  their 
transactions,  and  of  all  other  matters  pertaining  to  the  University. 

Eleventh — To  transmit  with  such  report  a  copy  of  the  President's 
annual  report. 

Twelfth — To  revoke  any  diploma  by  them  granted,  on  receiving  sat- 
isfactory evidence  that  the  holder  thereof  is  addicted  to  drunkenness, 
is  guilty  of  gross  immorality,  or  is  reputably  dishonest  in  his  or  her 
dealings;  provided,  that  such  person  shall  have  at  least  thirty  days' 
previous  notice  of  such  contemplated  action,  and  shall,  if  he  or  she  ask 
it,  be  heard  in  his  or  her  own  defense. 

Chairman  to  be  Appointed. 

SEC.  4.  The  Board  of  Regents  shall  have  the  power  to  appoint  a 
chairman,  who  shall  receive  no  compensation  therefor,  nor  shall  any 
member  receive  any  compensation  for  his  services  except  necessary 
expenses  in  attending  meetings  of  the  board.  The  Board  of  Regents 
may  employ  a  clerk  of  said  board,  who  shall  receive  a  salary  of  twenty- 
five  dollars  per  month,  and  who  shall  keep  a  full  record  of  all  proceed- 
ings of  the  board,  which  shall  at  all  times  be  open  to  public  inspection, 
and  said  clerk  shall  not  be  a  teacher  in  said  University. 

SEC.  5.  The  board  must  hold  four  regular  meetings  in  each  year, 
and  may  hold  special  meetings  at  the  call  of  the  chairman  of  the  board. 

SEC.  6.  The  President  of  the  University  must  make  a  detailed  annual 
report  to  the  Board  of  Regents,  with  a  catalogue  of  pupils,  and  such 
other  particulars  as  the  board  may  require  or  he  may  think  useful. 

Academic  Degree,  How  Issued — State  Normal  School — State  High- 
School  Certificates — Life  Diploma — Grammar-Grade  Diploma — 
Cause  for  Revocation — Diploma  of  Graduation. 

SEC.  7.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  President  of  the  Univer- 
sity, the  Board  of  Regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily  complete 
the  full  course  of  study  in  the  School  of  Mines,  or  in  the  School  of  Agri- 
culture, or  in  the  School  of  Liberal  Arts,  or  in  any  equivalent  course 


86  SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

that  may  hereafter  be  prescribed,  a  diploma  of  graduation,  conferring 
the  proper  academic  degree,  from  the  Nevada  State  University;  and 
no  diploma  bearing  the  distinctive  title,  "Nevada  State  University," 
shall  be  issued  to  any  one  who  has  not  completed  the  full  course  of 
study  as  above  set  forth.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  President 
of  the  University,  the  Board  of  Regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily 
complete  the  full  four  years'  course  of  study  prescribed  in  the  Nevada 
State  Normal  School,  a  department  of  the  State  University,  a  diploma 
of  graduation,  and  said  diploma  shall  bear  the  heading,  "The  Nevada 
State  Normal  School,"  [and  to  all  persons  receiving  this  diploma,  the 
State  Board  of  Education  shall  issue  a  state  high-school  certificate  of 
the  first  grade,  good  for  five  years.  To  the  holders  of  the  above  state 
high-school  certificates  of  the  first  grade,  the  State  Board  of  Education 
shall  grant  a  life  diploma  when  said  graduates  of  the  Nevada  State 
Normal  School  shall  have  completed  at  least  five  years  of  successful 
instruction  in  the  public  schools  of  Nevada,  or  of  any  other  State.] 
Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  President  of  the  University,  the  Board 
of  Regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily  complete  the  three  years' 
course  of  study  prescribed  in  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School,  a 
grammar-grade  diploma  of  graduation,  and  said  diploma  shall  bear  the 
heading,  "Nevada  State  Normal  School  Grammar-Grade  Diploma," 
[and  to  all  persons  receiving  this  grammar-grade  diploma,  the  State 
Board  of  Education  shall  grant  a  grammar-grade  state  certificate  good 
for  five  years.]  The  Board  of  Regents  may  require  said  Normal  School 
graduates,  before  granting  the  diplomas  herein  provided  for,  to  sign 
the  following  obligation :  "I  hereby  agree  to  report  to  the  President  of 
the  University,  by  letter,  at  least  twice  a  year  for  three  years  after  my 
graduation,  and  once  a  year  thereafter,  so  long  as  I  continue  in  the 
profession  of  teaching,  and  when  I  shall  leave  the  profession  I  will 
report  the  fact  to  him,  with  the  cause  therefor.  A  failure  to  make  such 
reports  may  be  considered  sufficient  cause  for  the  revocation  of  my 
diploma."  And  further  it  is  hereby  expressly  provided  that  the  grad- 
uates of  the  Nevada  State  Normal  School  for  the  year  1895  shall  receive 
their  diplomas  and  state  certificates  according  to  the  Act  of  March  19, 
1891,  hereby  amended.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  President  of 
the  University,  the  Board  of  Regents  shall  issue  to  those  who  worthily 
complete  the  full  course  of  study  in  any  other  department  of  the  Uni- 
versity, not  equivalent  to  a  regular  University  course,  a  diploma  of 
graduation,  but  said  diploma  shall  bear  the  name  of  the  department 
from  which  it  is  issued,  and  in  no  case  to  bear  the  heading  of  the  reg- 
ular University  diploma.  As  amended,  Stats.  1895,  p.  89. 

[Portions  in  brackets,  superseded  by  Statutes  of  1907.  See  Chapter 
II,  Section  22.] 

Duty  of  President  of  University. 

SEC.  8.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  of  the  University  to 
instruct  in  the  University,  and,  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  of 
Regents,  to  manage  all  matters  connected  with  the  institution,  to  employ 
assistant  teachers  and  servants,  purchase  supplies,  and  make  monthly 
statements  to  the  Board  of  Regents  of  all  receipts  and  expenditures, 
supported  by  vouchers. 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  87 

No  Discrimination. 

SEC.  9.  There  shall  be  no  discrimination  in  the  admission  of  pupils 
on  account  of  sex,  race,  or  color;  but  no  person  shall  be  admitted  who 
is  not  of  good  moral  character,  and  who  has  not  arrived  at  the  age  of 
fifteen  years,  and  passed  such  an  examination  as  shall  be  prescribed  by 
the  Board  of  Regents,  and  no  person  under  said  age  shall  hereafter  be 
taught  in  said  institution. 

SEC.  10.     Tuition  shall  be  free. 

SEC.  11.  The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  must  visit 
the  University  at  least  every  three  months,  inquire  into  its  condition 
and  management  and  report  to  the  Board  of  Regents  quarter-yearly 
the  condition  of  the  institution,  with  such  suggestions  as  he  may  deem 
proper. 

Duties  of  Board  of  Examiners. 

SEC.  12.  All  expenses  incurred,  of  every  name  and  nature,  involving 
the  payment  of  money  by  or  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  of 
Regents  of  the  University,  shall  be  passed  upon  by  the  Board  of  Exam- 
iners as  other  accounts  against  the  State,  and  be  paid  out  of  the  moneys 
appropriated  for  the  University. 

SEC.  13.  [Repealing  certain  laws  and  sections  of  laws  regarding  the 
University.  See  Statutes  of  1887,  p.  45.] 


ORES    TO    BE    ANALYZED    AT    UNIVERSITY. 


CHAP.  XXX — An  Act  supplemental  to  an  Act  entitled  (( An  Act  relat- 
ing to  the  State  University,  and  matters  properly  connected  there- 
with/' approved  February  7,  1887. 

Approved  March  16,  1895,  p.  76. 

Relating  to  Chemical  Analysis  at  State  University. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  of  the  State  Uni- 
versity, in  addition  to  his  other  duties  as  fixed  by  law,  to  cause  to  be 
analyzed  by  an  assistant,  teacher,  or  teachers  employed  at  the  State 
University,  any  ores,  mineral,  soil,  or  water  taken  from  within  the 
boundaries  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  and  sent  by  any  citizen  of  said  State 
for  that  purpose.  Any  citizen  of  the  State  may  send  any  such  sub- 
stances and  have  the  same  analyzed  free  of  charge,  and  the  result  of  the 
same  returned  to  him  by  mail  with  as  near  as  possible  an  explanation 
of  their  uses  and  value  in  market,  and  there  shall  be  kept  at  the  State 
University  a  book  of  record  open  for  inspection,  under  such  rules  as 
may  be  made  by  the  Regents,  of  all  mineral,  ores,  or  other,  matters  so 
sent,  with  the  history  of  such  mineral  or  other  matters,  stating  the 
name  of  the  person  or  persons  from  whom  received,  the  district  and 
county  from  which  it  came,  and  all  other  matters  that  may  be  beneficial 
touching  the  same.  A  duplicate  of  the  sample  analyzed,  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable, shall  be  kept  at  the  University,  properly  labeled,  so  as  to  cor- 
respond to  the  record,  and  properly  preserved. 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

Relating  to  Analysis  in  Duplicate. 

SEC.  2.  If  the  same  kind  of  matter  for  analysis  is  sent  from  the 
same  place  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  analyze  the  same,  but  a  duplicate 
of  the  analysis  shall  be  sent  by  mail  to  the  person  desiring  the  same. 

SEC.  3.     Samples  for  analysis  shall  be  analyzed  in  the  order  received. 

Assays  for  Gold  and  Silver. 

SEC.  4.  Sample  assays  for  gold  or  silver  shall  be  made,  and  when 
the  value  per  ton  exceeds  five  dollars  in  gold,  the  returns  shall  state  the 
fact  thus,  "Test  for  gold."  And  when  the  value  per  ton  exceeds  five 
dollars  in  silver  the  returns  shall  state  the  fact  thus,  "Test  for  silver." 
As  amended,  Stats.  1897,  p.  91. 


HONORARY    BOARD    OF    VISITORS. 


CHAP.  XXXI — An  Act  creating  the  Honorary  Board  of  Visitors  of  the 
Nevada  State  University,  and  other  matters  relating  thereto. 

Approved  March  11,  1895,  p.  40. 

Board  Created — Term  of  Office. 

SECTION  1.  There  is  hereby  created  a  board  to  be  known  as  the 
Honorary  Board  of  Visitors  of  the  Nevada  State  University.  Said 
board  shall  consist  of  fifteen  members.  The  Chief  Justice  of  the 
Supreme  Court  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  and  the  chairman  of  said 
board.  In  the  absence  of  said  Chief  Justice  the  members  of  the  board 
may  elect  one  of  their  number  to  act  as  temporary  chairman.  The  term 
of  office  of  the  members  of  said  board  shall  be  two  years  from  the  date 
of  their  appointment  and  until  their  successors  are  appointed. 

Who  Shall  Act. 

SEC.  2.  The  Governor  shall  appoint  and  commission,  within  forty 
days  after  the  passage  of  this  Act,  from  each  county,  one  suitable  and 
discreet  person  who  is  interested  in  higher  education  and  who  is  an 
actual  resident  of  said  county  as  a  member  of  said  board. 

Duties  of  Board.  N 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  Board  of  Visitors  to  meet  annu- 
ally at  the  seat  of  the  Nevada  State  University  during  commencement 
week,  and  inspect  the  grounds,  buildings,  and  equipment  of  said  Uni- 
versity, and  also  to  inquire  into  the  actual  state  of  the  discipline, 
instruction,  police  administration,  and  other  affairs  or  concerns  of  the 
University.  The  Board  of  Visitors  shall  report  thereon  to  the  Governor 
within  thirty  days  after  each  annual  meeting,  for  the  information  of 
the  people  of  the  State  and  of  the  next  succeeding  Legislature  of  the 
State,  their  action  as  such  visitors,  with  their  views  and  recommenda- 
tions concerning  the  University,  such  as  they  shall  deem  wise  and  just 
and  for  the  best  interests  of  the  University. 

Notice  to  Board. 

SEC.  4.     The  President  of  the  University  shall  cause  at  least  thirty 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  89 

days '  notice  to  be  given  to  the  members  of  the  Honorary  Board  of  Vis- 
itors of  the  time  and  place  of  their  annual  meeting. 

No  Compensation. 

SEC.  5.  No  compensation  shall  be  made  to  the  members  of  said 
Board  of  Visitors  for  their  services  or  for  their  traveling  expenses,  but 
the  Board  of  Regents  shall  pay  out  of  the  University  Contingent  Fund 
their  expenses  for  board  and  lodging  while  at  the  University. 


VIRGINIA    CITY    SCHOOL    OF    MINES. 


CHAP.  XXXII — An  Act  creating  a  School  of  Mines,  to  be  located  at 
Virginia  City,  State  of  Nevada. 

Approved  March  20,  1903,  p.  211. 

SECTION  1.  There  is  hereby  created  a  School  of  Mines,  to  be  known 
as  the  Virginia  City  School  of  Mines,  to  be  located  at  Virginia  City, 
Storey  County,  Nevada,  and  to  be  under  the  direction  and  control  of 
the  State  Board  of  Education. 


EDUCATION  OF  THE  DEAF  AND  DUMB,  AND  THE  BLIND. 


CHAP.  XXXIII — An  Act  to  provide  for  the  education  of  the  deaf  and 
dumb,  and  the  blind  of  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Approved  March  2,  1869,  p.  103. 

SECTION  1.  The  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  is  authorized 
to  make  arrangements  with  the  directors  of  any  institutions  for  the 
deaf  and  dumb  and  the  blind  in  the  State  of  California,  or  in  the  State 
of  Utah,  for  the  admission,  support,  education,  and  care  of  the  deaf  and 
dumb  and  the  blind  of  this  State,  and  for  that  purpose  is  hereby 
empowered  to  make  all  needful  contracts  and  agreements  to  carry  out 
the  provisions  of  this  Act.  As  amended,  Stats.  1907,  p.  371. 

Application,  How  Made — Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to  Issue 

Certificate. 

SEC.  2.  Upon  application  under  oath  of  a  parent,  relative,  guardian 
or  nearest  friend  of  any  deaf,  dumb  or  blind  person,  resident  of  this 
State,  setting  forth  that  by  reason  of  deafness,  dumbness,  or  blindness, 
such  person  is  disqualified  from  being  taught  by  the  ordinary  process 
of  instruction  or  education,  and  that  such  parent,  relative,  guardian  or 
nearest  friend  is  unable  to  pay  for  his  or  her  support,  education  and 
instruction  in  the  aforesaid  institutions,  and  file  the  same  with  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  proper  county,  and  such  board 
shall  be  satisfied  of  the  truth  thereof,  and  such  board  shall  have  made 
application  to  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  for  that  pur- 
pose, it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  to 
issue  a  certificate  to  that  effect,  which  certificate  being  produced  shall 


90  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

be  the  authority  of  the  directors  of  any  of  the  institutions  aforesaid  for 
receiving  such  deaf  and  dumb,  or  blind,  person.  As  amended,  Stats. 
1907,  p.  371. 

SEC.  3.     [Obsolete.] 

Persons  Entitled  to  Benefit  of  This  Act — Adults  Must  Be  Residents  for 

Five  Years. 

SEC.  4.  All  deaf  and  dumb  or  blind  persons  that  are  not  mentally 
or  physically  incapacitated  to  receive  an  education  or  instruction,  that 
are  free  from  offensive  or  contagious  diseases,  and  are  unable  to  pay 
for  their  support,  education,  and  instruction  in  the  aforesaid  institu- 
tions, and  whose  parent,  relative,  guardian,  or  nearest  friend  is  unable 
to  pay  for  his  or  her  support,  education,  and  instruction  in  any  of  the 
aforesaid  institutions,  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefits  intended  by  this 
Act,  and  it  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  County  Commis- 
sioners of  such  county  to  make  provisions,  at  the  expense  of  the  county, 
for  carrying  such  person  to  the  office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  who  shall  make  necessary  arrangements  for  carrying  the 
person  to  any  of  the  institutions  of  instruction  before  mentioned,  at  the 
expense  of  the  State,  payable  out  of  the  fund  provided  by  this  Act.  All 
deaf,  dumb  or  blind  persons  over  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  seeking 
admission  into  the  aforesaid  institutions  shall,  before  making  applica- 
tion under  this  Act,  have  been  actual  bona  fide  residents  of  the  State 
of  Nevada  for  the  period  of  five  years  preceding  the  date  of  making 
such  application.  As  amended,  Stats.  1907,  p.  372. 


FREE    PUBLIC    LIBRARIES. 


CHAP.  XXXIV — An  Act  to  provide  for  free  public  libraries,  and  other 
matters  relating  thereto. 

Approved  March  16,  1895,  p.  79. 

Establishment  of  Free  Public  Libraries — Tax  Levy — Library  Fund. 

SECTION  1.  Whenever  in  any  county  in  the  State  of  Nevada  a  peti- 
tion or  petitions  for  the  establishment  of  a  free  public  library,  certified 
by  the  District  Judge  of  any  Judicial  District  of  the  State  of  Nevada 
as  being  signed  by  a  majority  of  the  taxpayers  or  by  taxpayers  repre- 
senting a  majority  of  the  taxable  property,  as  shown  by  the  last  pre- 
ceding assessment  roll  of  any  city,  unincorporated  town  or  school 
district  shall  be  presented  to  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of 
the  county  in  which  said  city,  unincorporated  town  or  school  district  is 
situated,  accompanied  by  affidavit  of  one  or  more  of  the  signers  thereof 
that  the  signatures  thereto  are  genuine,  the  said  Board  of  County  Com- 
missioners shall  within  ten  days  after  said  petition  or  petitions  are  so 
presented  levy  a  tax  upon  all  taxable  property  of  said  city,  unincorpo- 
rated town,  or  school  district  of  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  ten 
cents  on  each  one  hundred  dollars  valuation  of  taxable  property  therein 
for  the  purpose  of  creating  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  ' '  Library  Fund. ' : 
And  each  year  thereafter  said  Board  of  County  Commissioners  at  the 


SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  91 

time  and  in  the  manner  other  taxes  are  levied  shall  levy  a  tax  upon 
said  property  for  said  purpose  of  not  more  than  ten  cents  on  each  one 
hundred  dollars  valuation  thereof.  As  amended,  Stats.  1907,  p.  181. 

State  Board  of  Education  to  Name  Library  Trustees — To  Serve  With- 
out Compensation. 

SEC.  2.  The  State  Board  of  Education  of  Nevada,  whenever  notified 
that  a  petition  has  been  presented  as  provided  in  section  one  of  this 
Act,  shall  appoint  three  competent  persons  who  are  residents  of  such 
city,  unincorporated  town  or  school  district,  to  be  known  as  Library 
Trustees,  who  shall  hold  office  for  the  period  of  one,  two,  and  three 
years  respectively,  and  said  State  Board  of  Education  shall  annually 
thereafter  appoint  one  Library  Trustee,  who  shall  hold  office  for  the 
period  of  three  years,  and  all  vacancies  which  may  occur  at  any  time 
in  the  said  office  of  Library  Trustee  shall  be  filled  by  appointment  by 
the  said  State  Board  of  Education;  said  trustees  shall  serve  without 
compensation,  and  shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are  appointed 
and  qualified.  As  amended,  Stats.  1901,  p.  38. 

Powers  of  Library  Trustees. 

SEC.  3.  Said  Library  Trustees  shall  have  power  to,  and  shall  estab- 
lish and  maintain,  a  library  and  reading  room,  make  purchases,  secure 
rooms,  employ  assistants,  appoint  officers,  establish  by-laws  and  regu- 
lations, and  manage  and  control  the  affairs  and  business  of  said  library ; 
and  they  and  their  successors  shall  hold  and  possess  the  property  and 
effects  of  said  library  and  reading  room  in  trust  for  the  public  and  for 
the  purpose  of  said  library  and  reading  room,  and  may,  as  said  Library 
Trustees,  and  for  the  purpose  hereinbefore  provided,  acquire  and  hold 
real  estate  and  personal  property,  by  purchase  or  bequest,  and  admin- 
ister any  trust  declared  or  created,  for  such  library  or  reading  room, 
and  may  prosecute,  maintain  or  defend  any  action  in  reference  to  the 
property  or  affairs  of  said  library  and  reading  room. 

Manner  of  Paying  Claims. 

SEC.  4.  All  claims  for  indebtedness  incurred  or  created  by  said 
Library  Trustees  shall  be  audited  by  a  majority  of  said  Library  Trus- 
tees, and  presented  to  and  acted  upon  by  the  Board  of  County  Com- 
missioners, and  paid  out  of  said  library  fund  in  the  same  manner  as 
claims  against  the  county  are  presented,  acted  upon  and  paid.  No 
indebtedness  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  money  to  be  realized  in  any 
year  from  said  levy  for  said  library  fund,  shall  be  incurred  by  said 
Library  Trustees,  or  allowed  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners, 
and  in  no  case  shall  any  claim  except  for  library  and  reading-room 
purposes  be  allowed  or  paid  out  of  said  library  fund. 

SEC.  5.  Said  library  and  reading  room  shall  forever  be  and  remain 
free  and  accessible  to  the  people  of  such  city,  unincorporated  town  or 
school  district,  subject  to  such  reasonable  rules  and  regulations  as  said 
Library  Trustees  may  adopt. 


92  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

REVENUE. 


CHAP.  XXXV — An  Act  to  provide  revenue  for  the  support  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  State  of  Nevada,  and  to  repeal  certain  Acts  relating 
thereto.  Approved  March  23,  1891,  p.  135. 

SECTION  1.     [Superseded.] 

SEC.  2.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  each  county  shall, 
on  or  before  the  first  Monday  of  March  of  each  year,  fix  the  rate  of 
county  taxes  for  such  year,  designating  the  number  of  cents  on  each 
hundred  dollars  of  property  levied  for  each  fund;  and  shall  levy  the 
state  and  county  taxes  upon  the  taxable  property  of  the  county. 

SEC.  3.  Every  tax  levied  under  the  provisions  or  authority  of  this 
Act  is  hereby  made  a  lien  against  the  property  assessed,  and  a  lien  shall 
attach  upon  the  real  property  for  the  tax  levied  upon  the  personal 
property  of  the  owner  of  such  real  estate,  which  lien  shall  attach  upon 
the  day  on  which  the  taxes  are  levied  in  each  year,  on  all  property  then 
in  this  State,  and  on  all  other  property  whenever  it  reaches  the  State, 
and  shall  not  be  satisfied  or  removed  until  all  the  taxes  are  paid,  or  the 
property  has  absolutely  vested  in  the  purchaser  under  a  sale  for  taxes. 

SEC.  4.  All  special  taxes  levied  for  city,  town,  school,  road,  or  other 
purposes  throughout  the  different  counties  of  this  State  shall  be  a  lien 
on  the  property  so  assessed,  and  shall  be  assessed  and  collected  by  the 
same  officers,  at  the  same  time,  and  in  the  same  manner  as  the  state  and 
county  taxes  are  now  or  may  hereafter  be  assessed  and  collected. 

SEC.  5.  All  property  of  every  kind  and  nature  whatsoever  within 
this  State,  shall  be  subject  to  taxation  except : 

First — All  lands  and  other  property  owned  by  the  State,  or  by  the 
United  States,  or  by  any  county,  municipal  corporation,  town,  or  village 
in  this  State,  and  all  public  schoolhouses,  with  lots  appurtenant  thereto, 
owned  by  any  legally  created  school  district  within  the  State ;  provided, 
that  when  any  of  the  property  mentioned  in  this  subdivision  is  used  for 
any  other  than  public  purposes,  and  a  rent  or  valuable  consideration  is 
received,  for  its  use,  the  same  shall  be  taxed.  As  amended,  Stats.  1909, 
p.  125. 

[Parts  second  to  sixth,  inclusive,  do  not  refer  to  schools.] 

[SEC.  2.]  All  Acts  or  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed.  Stats.  1909,  p.  126. 

[Sections  6  to  154,  inclusive,  relate  in  general  to  taxes.] 


STATE   LIBRARY   FUND   TRANSFERRED    TO    GENERAL 
STATE    SCHOOL    FUND. 


CHAP.  XXXVI — An  Act  to  amend  an  Act  entitled  "An  Act  in  relation 
to  the  State  Library,"  approved  February  14,  1865. 

Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  372. 

SECTION  1.     Section  seven  of  the  above-named  Act  is  hereby  amended 
to  read  as  follows : 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  93 

Section  7.  Each  and  every  officer  of  this  State,  civil  and  military, 
except  Commissioners  of  Deeds  and  Notaries  Public,  shall,  at  the  time 
of  the  issuance  of  his  commission,  and  before  entering  upon  the  duties 
of  his  office,  pay  to  the  Secretary  of  State  the  sum  of  five  dollars,  which, 
with  all  fees  of  whatever  character,  by  the  laws  now  in  force,  or  which 
may  hereafter  be  provided  to  be  charged  and  collected  in  the  office  of 
the  Secretary  of  State,  shall  constitute  a  portion  of  the  Library  Fund ; 
and  the  Secretary  of  State  shall  exhibit  an  account  of,  under  oath,  and 
pay  to  the  State  Treasurer,  at  the  end  of  each  quarter,  dating  from  the 
first  day  of  January,  all  moneys  collected  under  this  Act,  and  the  same, 
together  with  such  revenues  as  are  hereinafter  provided,  shall  be 
reserved,  set  apart,  and  appropriated,  as  a  State  Library  Fund.  On  the 
thirty-first  day  of  December,  nineteen  hundred  and  seven,  and  annually 
thereafter,  the  State  Treasurer  shall  take  from  the  said  Library  Fund 
all  moneys  in  excess  of  the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars,  if  there  be  any 
surplus,  and  transfer  one-half  of  such  moneys  to  the  General  Fund  of 
the  State  Treasury,  and  the  other  half  to  the  General  State  School  Fund 
of  the  State  Treasury. 


COUNTY  SCHOOL  FUND  TO  RECEIVE  FEES  FOR  GRAZING. 


CHAP.  XXXVII — An  Act  providing  that  ten  per  cent  of  proceeds  from 
fees  which  issue  to  the  counties  from  national  forest  reserves  be 
paid  into  the  county  school  fund  of  the  county  in  which  such  fees 
may  be  collected. 

Approved  March  29,  1907,  p.  415. 

WHEREAS,  The  President  of  the  United  States  has  been  authorized 
to  establish,  from  time  to  time,  forest  reserves  in  the  several  States,  and 
legislation  is  now  pending  which  will  grant  him  further  authority  to 
establish  grazing  districts  upon  the  vacant  public  lands  of  the  United 
States;  and 

WHEREAS,  Certain  fixed  charges  will  be  made  for  the  grazing  of  live 
stock  upon  said  lands,  ten  per  cent  of  such  fees  to  be  paid  into  the 
treasury  of  the  county  in  which  such  fees  may  be  collected,  now,  there- 
fore, 

The  People  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  represented  in  Senate  and  Assembly, 

do  enact  as  follows: 

SECTION  1.  That  the  proceeds  from  such  fees  which  may  be  paid 
into  the  treasury  of  the  several  counties  of  the  State  shall  be  paid  into 
the  county  school  fund  of  such  counties,  and  shall  be  apportioned  at  the 
same  time  and  in  the  same  manner  as  other  countv  school  funds. 


94  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

STATE    TAX    LEVY. 


CHAP.  XXXVIII — An  Act  to  fix  the  state  tax  levy,  and  to  distribute 
the  same  in  the  proper  funds. 

Approved  March  20,  1909,  p.  141. 

SECTION  1.  For  the  fiscal  year  commencing  January  first,  nineteen 
hundred  and  nine,  and  annually  thereafter,  an  ad  valorem  tax  of  sixty 
cents  on  each  one  hundred  dollars  of  taxable  property  is  hereby  levied 
and  directed  to  be  collected  for  state  purposes,  upon  all  taxable  prop- 
erty in  the  State,  including  net  proceeds  of  mines  and  mining  claims, 
except  such  property  as  is  by  law  exempted  from  taxation.  Of  the  tax 
hereby  levied  thirty-six  and  six-tenths  cents  shall  go  into  the  General 
Fund  of  the  State ;  three  cents  shall  go  into  the  Territorial  Interest 
Fund ;  five  cents  shall  go  into  the  State  Interest  and  Sinking  Fund ;  six 
cents  shall  go  into  the  General  School  Fund ;  one-tenth  of  one  cent  shall 
go  into  the  Contingent  University  Fund,  1905,  No.  1 ;  three-tenths  of  one 
cent  shall  go  into  the  Contingent  University  Fund,  1905,  No.  2;  five 
cents  shall  go  into  the  Contingent  University  Fund ;  and  one  cent  shall 
go  into  the  State  Orphans '  Home  Interest  and  Sinking  Fund,  and  three 
cents  shall  go  into  the  Nevada  State  Prison  Interest  and  Sinking  Fund. 


GENERAL    APPROPRIATIONS. 


CHAP.  XXXIX — An  Act  making  appropriations  for  the  support  of  the 
Civil  Government  of  the  State  of  Nevada  for  the  fiscal  years  1909 
and  1910. 

Approved  March  22,  1909,  p.  162. 

SECTION  1.  The  following  sums  of  money  are  hereby  appropriated 
for  the  purpose  hereinafter  expressed,  and  for  the  support  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  State  of  Nevada,  for  the  years  1909  and  1910 : 

[Only  those  parts  relating  to  schools  are  given.] 

SEC.  21.  For  salary  of  the  Surveyor-General  and  Land  Register, 
four  thousand  eight  hundred  dollars  ($4,800),  payable  out  of  the  State 
School  Fund. 

SEC.  25.  For  salary  of  clerks  in  the  State  Land  Office  for  years  1909 
and  1910  and  for  transcribing  records,  four  thousand  dollars  ($4,000), 
payable  out  of  the  State  School  Fund. 

SEC.  26.  For  the  purchase  of  township  plats  from  the  United  States 
Surveyor-General's  office,  providing  that  the  price  per  plat  shall  not 
exceed  six  dollars,  three  hundred  dollars  ($300),  payable  out  of  the 
State  School  Fund. 

SEC.  27.  For  salary  of  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
and  ex  officio  Curator  of  State  Museum,  four  thousand  dollars  ($4,000), 
payable  out  of  the  General  School  Fund. 

SEC.  29.  For  traveling  expenses  of  the  State  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  eight  hundred  dollars  ($800),  payable  out  of  the 
General  School  Fund. 


SCHOOL    LAWS    OF    NEVADA.  95 

SEC.  30.  For  expenses  for  Teachers'  Institute  for  1909  and  1910 
(one  State  Institute  and  five  District  Institutes),  seven  hundred  and 
fifty  dollars  ($750). 

SEC.  58.  Tuition  and  support  for  the  deaf  and  dumb  and  blind, 
seven  thousand  dollars  ($7,000). 

SEC.  76.  For  support  of  Virginia  City  School  of  Mines  for  the  years 
1909  and  1910,  thirty-six  hundred  dollars  ($3,600). 

SEC.  90.  For  conducting  the  teachers'  examinations  and  grading 
the  papers,  and  payment  of  incidental  expenses,  eighteen  hundred  dol- 
lars ($1,800). 

FISH   AND    GAME    LAWS    TO    BE    TAUGHT    IN   THE 
PUBLIC    SCHOOLS. 


CHAP.  XL — An  Act  to  provide  for  the  dissemination  of  knowledge  in 
the  public  schools  relative  to  the  preservation  of  song-birds,  fish, 
and  game.  Approyed  March  12,  1901,  p.  56. 

Duties  of  Teachers — Children  to  be  Instructed  Relative  to  Preservation 

of  Birds,  Fish,  and  Game. 

SECTION  1.  It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  each  and  every  teacher 
in  the  public  schools  of  this  State  to  give  oral  instruction,  at  least  once 
a  month,  to  all  children  attending  such  schools,  relative  to  the  preserva- 
tion of  song-birds,  fish,  and  game;  and  to  read  or  cause  to  be  read  to 
such  children,  at  least  twice  during  each  school  year,  the  fish  and  game 
laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Teachers  to  Comply  With  Provisions  of  This  Act. 

SEC.  2.  No  teacher  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  portion  of  the 
public  school  moneys  as  compensation  for  services,  unless  such  teacher 
shall  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

In  Effect. 

SEC.  3.  This  Act  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  from  and  after  its 
passage. 


APPENDIX 


FISH  AND  GAME  LAWS. 


An  Act  to  prevent  pollution  or  contamination  of  the  waters  of  the  lakes, 
rivers,  streams,  and  ditches  in  the  State  of  Nevada. 

SECTION  1.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation,  or 
association  in  this  State,  or  the  managing  agent  of  any  person  or  per- 
sons, firm,  company,  corporation,  or  association  in  this  State,  or  any 
duly  elected,  appointed,  or  lawfully  created  state  officer  of  this  State,  or 
any  duly  elected,  appointed,  or  lawfully  created  officer  of  any  county, 
city,  town,  municipality,  or  municipal  government  in  this  State,  who 
shall  deposit  or  who  shall  permit  or  allow  any  person  or  persons  in  their 
employ  or  under  their  control,  management,  or  direction  to  deposit  in 
any  of  the  waters  of  the  lakes,  rivers,  streams,  and  ditches  in  this  State 
any  sawdust,  rubbish,  filth,  or  poisonous,  or  deleterious  substance  or 
substances,  liable  to  affect  the  health  of  persons,  fish,  or  live  stock,  or 
place  or  deposit  any  such  deleterious  substance  or  substances  in  any 
place  where  the  same  may  be  washed  or  infiltered  into  any  of  the  waters 
herein  named,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction 
thereof  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  be  fined  in  any  sum 
not  less  than  sixty  dollars  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  exclusive 
of  court  costs ;  provided,  that  in  cases  of  state  institutions,  municipali- 
ties, towns,  incorporated  towns  or  cities,  when,  owing  to  the  magnitude 
of  the  work,  immediate  correction  of  the  evil  is  impracticable,  then  in 
such  cases  the  authorities  shall  adopt  all  new  work,  and  as  rapidly  as 
possible  reconstruct  the  old  systems  of  drainage  sewerage  so  as  to  con- 
form with  the  provisions  of  this  Act;  and  provided  further,  that  all 
such  new  and  reconstructed  systems  shall  be  completed  before  March 
20,  1913 ;  provided,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to 
prevent  mining  or  milling  companies  to  dump  tailings  directly  into  any 
stream  in  this  State  so  as  to  prevent  or  impede  the  natural  flow  of  such 
stream.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  apply  to  any 
quartz  mill  or  ore  reduction  works  in  this  State.  Stats.  1909,  p.  306. 

SEC.  2.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  word  "ditch"  shall  be  con- 
strued to  mean  any  ditch,  canal,  channel,  or  artificial  water-way,  used 
for  carrying  or  conveying  water  into  any  reservoir  from  which  it  may 
be  used  or  distributed  or  any  distributing  ditch,  canal,  channel,  or  arti- 
ficial water-way  carrying  or  conveying  water  for  domestic  or  irrigation 
purposes,  to  any  persons  or  premises  in  this  State,  or  to  any  persons  or 
premises  in  any  county,  city,  town,  or  municipality  in  this  State.  Stats. 
1909,  p.  247. 

An  Act  to  provide  for  the  appointment  of  a  Board  of  Fish  Commis- 
sioners and  to  define  their  duties. 

Approved  March  16,  1905,  p.  264. 

SECTION  1.  The  Governor  of  this  State  is  hereby  authorized  and 
empowered  to  appoint  three  suitable  persons  to  be  styled  "Fish  Com- 
missioners," whose  duty  shall  be  to  establish  fish  hatcheries,  in  locali- 


100  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

ties  suitable  to  their  hatching,  upon  such  of  the  waters  of  this  State  as, 
in  their  judgment,  shall  be  most  available  for  the  purpose  of  stocking 
and  supplying  the  streams  and  lakes  of  this  State  with  both  foreign  and 
native  fish ;  and  for  such  purpose,  may  take  the  ova  or  spawn  from  fish 
now  inhabiting  the  waters  of  the  State ;  and  may  purchase  and  import 
from  other  States  and  countries  spawn  or  ova  of  valuable  fish,  suitable 
for  food,  and  may  introduce  the  same,  when  obtained,  into  such  rivers, 
streams,  and  lakes  as  they  may  deem  suited  to  the  habits  and  successful 
culture  of  such  fish.  They  may  also  employ  persons  who  are  skillful 
and  expert  in  the  science  of  fish  breeding,  and  may  superintend  and 
direct  the  construction  of  fish- ways  and  fish-ladders  that  may  be  built 
in  the  streams  and  waters  of  this  State.  The  Commissioners  may,  in 
their  discretion,  distribute  the  ova  or  spawn  to  be  procured  by  them  to 
such  person  or  persons  as  have  proper  lakes,  ponds,  or  streams  for  the 
propagation  and  breeding  of  fish,  and  who  will,  without  expense  to  the 
State,  take  charge  of  such  breeding  and  propagation. 

SEC.  2.  Such  Commissioners  shall  hold  their  respective  offices  for 
the  term  of  four  years,  unless  some  other  persons  shall  be  appointed  to 
fill  the  vacancy  occasioned  by  death,  resignation,  or  inability  to  attend 
to  the  duties  required.  The  Commissioners  authorized  to  be  appointed 
by  this  Act  shall  receive  no  compensation  for  their  services.  The  neces- 
sary expenses  incidental  to  procuring  and  distributing  the  ova  or  spawn 
or  fish,  in  the  employment  of  fish-breeders,  and  in  carrying  out  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act,  shall  be  paid  from  any  moneys  that  may  be  appro- 
priated by  the  Legislature,  upon  accounts  or  vouchers  to  be  approved 
by  the  State  Board  of  Examiners.  The  Commissioners  shall  report 
biennially  to  the  Governor  an  account  of  their  transactions  under  this 
Act,  and  make  an  exhibit  of  their  expenditure  of  money  under  its  pro- 
visions. 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  preservation  of  fish  in  the  waters  of  this 
State,  and  matters  properly  relating  thereto. 

Approved  March  14,  1903,  p.  114. 

SECTION  1.  Every  person  who  places  or  allows  to  pass,  or  who  places 
where  it  can  pass  or  fall  into  or  upon  any  of  the  waters  of  this  State  at 
any  time,  any  lime,  gas,  tar,  coculus  indicus,  slag,  acids,  or  other  chem- 
ical, sawdust,  shavings,  slabs,  edgings,  mill  or  factory  refuse,  or  any 
substance  deleterious  to  fish,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  is  punishable  by  a  fine  not  less  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  nor  more 
than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  in  the 
county  in  which  the  conviction  shall  be  had,  for  not  less  than  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five  or  two  hundred  and  fifty  days ;  provided,  that  the 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  mills  or  w^orks  for  the 
reduction  of  ores,  nor  against  the  owners  or  operators  of  such  mills  or 
works  so  far  as  concerns  the  operator  of  such  mills  or  works. 

SEC.  2.  All  persons,  firms,  companies,  associations,  or  corporations, 
who  have  erected,  or  who  may  hereafter  erect,  any  dams,  water  weirs  or 
other  obstructions  to  the  free  passage  of  fish  in  the  rivers,  streams,  lakes 
or  other  waters  of  the  State  of  Nevada,  shall  construct  and  keep  in 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  101 

repair  fish-ways  or  fish-ladders  at  all  such  dams,  water  weirs,  or  other 
obstruction;  so  that  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  fish  may  ascend  above 
such  dams,  water  weirs,  or  other  obstructions,  to  deposit  their  spawn. 
Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  association,  or  corporation  fail- 
ing' to  comply  with  fche  provisions  of  this  section  after  having  been  noti- 
fied and  required  so  to  do  by  the  proper  authority,  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof,  shall  be  punished 
by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  fifty  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by 
imprisonment  in  the  count}^  jail  for  not  less  than  twenty-five  days  nor 
more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  days. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  to  take,  catch, 
or  kill  any  river,  lake  or  brook  trout,  or  land-locked  salmon,  white  fish, 
or  wide-mouthed  bass  in  any  of  the  streams,  lakes,  rivers,  or  other 
waters  within  this  State  between  the  fifteenth  day  of  September  and  the 
thirtieth  day  of  March  of  the  succeeding  year.  As  amended,  Stats. 
1909,  p.  215. 

SEC.  4.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  to  have  in  his 
or  her  possession  or  to  buy  or  sell,  or  offer  or  expose  for  sale,  any  river, 
lake  or  brook  trout  or  land-locked  salmon,  white  fish  or  wide-mouthed 
bass  taken,  caught,  or  killed  in  any  river,  lake,  streams  or  other  waters 
within  this  State  between  the  fifteenth  day  of  September  and  the  thir- 
tieth day  of  March  of  the  year  next  succeeding.  As  amended,  Stats. 
1909,  p.  215. 

SEC.  5.  Every  cold-storage  company  or  person  keeping  a  cold-storage 
warehouse,  tavern  or  hotel  keeper,  restaurant  or  eating-house  keeper, 
market  men  or  other  person  who  shall  sell  or  expose  or  offer  for  sale,  or 
give  away  or  have  in  his  or  their  possession,  any  river,  lake  or  brook 
trout  or  land-locked  salmon,  white  fish  or  wide-mouthed  bass  between 
the  fifteenth  day  of  September  and  the  thirtieth  day  of  March  of  the 
year  next  succeeding,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and 
upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  as  provided  in  section  eleven 
of  this  Act.  As  amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  215. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  common  carrier,  express  com- 
pany, or  any  other  corporation  or  person  to  ship  or  transport,  or  receive 
for  shipment  or  transportation  any  river,  lake  or  brook  trout  or  land- 
locked salmon,  white  fish  or  wide-mouthed  bass,  taken,  caught  or  killed 
in  any  stream,  lake,  river,  or  other  waters  of  this  State,  between  the 
fifteenth  day  of  September  and  the  thirtieth  day  of  March  of  the  next 
succeeding  year.  As  amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  215. 

SEC.  7.  Any  person  or  persons  who  buys,  sells  or  offers  or  exposes 
for  sale  any  specie  of  trout  less  than  six  inches  long  within  this  State, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof 
shall  be  punished  as  provided  in  section  eleven  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  8.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  in  the  State 
of  Nevada  at  any  time  to  take,  catch,  or  kill  any  river,  lake  or  brook 
trout,  or  land-locked  salmon,  white  fish  or  wide-mouthed  bass,  in  any  of 
the  rivers,  streams,  lakes,  or  other  waters  within  this  State  with  any 
seine,  net,  spear  or  grab-hook,  or  by  means  of  any  set  line,  set  hooks, 
gill  net,  weir  fence,  basket,  trap,  giant  powder,  or  any  explosive  com- 
pound, or  with  or  by  means  of  any  other  implement  or  substance,  or  in 
any  manner  except  by  hook  and  line;  provided,  that  nothing  in  this 


102  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

section  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prohibit  the  Fish  Commissioners  of 
this  State  from  taking  at  all  times  such  fish  as  are  deemed  necessary  for 
the  purpose  of  artificial  hatching. 

SEC.  9.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  to  take  any 
spawn  or  ova  from  any  variety  of  trout  or  from  any  rivers,  streams,  or 
lakes,  or  other  waters  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  without  having  first 
obtained  a  written  permit  so  to  do  from  the  State  Board  of  Fish  Com- 
missioners of  the  State  of  Nevada.  If  there  be  no  State  Fish  Commis- 
sioners the  County  Commissioners  of  the  county  where  spawn  is  to  be 
taken  may  grant  such  permission,  in  consideration  and  upon  agreement, 
however,  with  the  parties  so  taking  said  spawn  that  not  less  than  ten 
per  cent  of  all  spawn  or  eggs  so  collected  shall  be  hatched  and  said  ten 
per  cent  shall  be  planted  in  the  waters  from  which  the  eggs  were  taken 
and  within  said  county. 

SEC.  10.  Any  person  or  persons  who  shall  at  any  time  wilfully  or 
knowingly  destroy,  injure,  or  obstruct  any  fish-way  or  fish-ladder,  or 
any  person  or  persons  who  shall  at  any  time  take  or  catch  any  fish  in 
any  manner  within  one  hundred  feet  of  any  dam  containing  a  fish-way 
or  fish-ladder,  which  is  required  by  law,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  as  pro- 
vided in  section  eleven  of  this  Act.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  so 
construed  as  to  prohibit  the  taking  of  fish  for  spawning  or  transplant- 
ing purposes  by  the  State  Board  of  Fish  Commissioners  or  other  author- 
ized persons. 

SEC.  11.  Any  person  or  persons  violating  the  provisions  of  sections 
three,  four,  five,  six,  seven,  eight,  nine,  or  ten  of  this  Act  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  twenty  nor  more  than  one  hundred 
dollars  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  not  less  than  ten  nor 
more  than  fifty  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

SEC.  12.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  company, 
association,  or  corporation,  to  at  any  time  transport  or  offer  for  trans- 
portation to  any  place  outside  of  this  State  any  lake,  river  or  brook 
trout  or  land-locked  salmon,  which  are  intended  to  be  offered  for  sale ; 
and  any  person  who  shall  so  transport  or  offer  for  transportation  any 
lake,  river  or  brook  trout  or  land-locked  salmon,  white  fish  or  wide- 
mouthed  bass  which  are  thereafter  offered  for  sale  or  sold  at  any  place 
outside  of  this  State,  or  are  offered  for  sale  after  being  transported 
outside  of  this  State,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  upon 
conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  fifty  nor 
more  than  five  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail 
for  not  less  than  twenty-five  nor  more  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  days, 
or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

[A  catch  of  trout  or  black  bass  not  to  exceed  twenty  fish  in  any  one 
day  by  any  one  person.  Night  fishing  or  night  hunting  prohibited. 
Fishing  season  from  March  30th  to  September  15th.  See  Stats.  1909. 
p.  215.] 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  103 

An  Act  giving  authority  to  the  Boards  of  County  Commissioners  of  the 
several  counties  of  this  State  to  extend  the  closed  season  for  fishing 
in  streams  and  waters  of  a  certain  class,  and  providing  for  the 
enforcement  of  the  same. 

Approved  March  16,  1905,  p.  192. 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  the  several 
Bounties  of  this  State,  each  within  its  own  county,  are  hereby  author- 
ized to  extend  the  closed  season  for  fishing  in  streams  and  waters  within 
their  county  which  now  are,  or  hereafter  shall  have  been,  stocked  with 
food  fishes  by  others  than  the  State  or  its  Fish  Commissioner,  or  author- 
ized agent,  to  such  periods  as  may  in  their  opinion  be  required  for  the 
protection  of  the  fish  in  said  stream  and  waters,  to  the  end  that  the 
supply  of  fish  for  food  may  be  permanently  increased. 

SEC.  2.  This  Act  shall  be  made  effective  by  an  order  of  the  Board 
of  County  Commissioners  published  in  a  newspaper  within  the  county, 
which  order  shall  name  the  stream  or  streams  and  waters  within  the 
county  in  which  the  catching  of  fish  is  to  be  restricted,  and  shall  state 
the  period  over  which  the  closed  season  is  to  extend ;  provided,  that  no 
such  order  shall  be  effective  without  such  publication  for  the  period  of 
at  least  one  month  before  the  date  upon  which  the  order  is  to  take 
effect ;  and  further  provided,  that  no  such  publication  shall  be  made  at 
an  expense  to  the  county  of  more  than  three  dollars. 

SEC.  3.  Any  person  who  shall  violate  the  provisions  of  said  order  of 
the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  shall  be  fined  not  to  exceed  thirty  dollars,  or  imprisoned  in  the 
county  jail  not  to  exceed  fifteen  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  impris- 
onment, in  the  discretion  of  the  court,  for  each  offense. 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  protection  and  preservation  of  wild  game, 
and  to  repeal  all  other  Acts  in  conflict  therewith. 

Approved  March  16,  1903,  p.  199. 

[Sections  1  to  6,  inclusive,  repealed  by  Act  of  March  24,  1909.] 

SEC.  7.  It  shall  be  unlawful  in  this  State  for  any  person  or  persons 
to  use  at  any  time  a  shotgun  of  larger  caliber  than  that  commonly 
known  and  designated  as  a  number  ten  gage. 

[Sections  8  and  9  repealed,  1909.] 

SEC.  10.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  at  any  and  all  times  of  the  year  to 
hunt,  chase,  pursue,  run,  catch,  or  kill  any  deer  or  antelope,  caribou, 
elk,  mountain  sheep,  or  mountain  goat,  with  or  by  the  use  of  or  aid  of 
any  hound  or  hounds. 

[Sections  11,  12,  and  13  repealed,  1909.] 

SEC.  14..  Should  if  be  deemed  advisable  by  any  Board  of  County 
Commissioners  for  any  county  within  this  State  to  lengthen  or  extend 
the  time  of  the  close  season  for  any  specie  of  game  mentioned  in  this 
Act,  the  said  Board  of  County  Commissioners  acting  for  their  respect- 
ive county  may  by  special  ordinance  extend  such  close  season ;  provided, 
however,  that  in  no  event  shall  the  County  Commissioners  or  any  other 


104  SCHOOL   LAWS    OF    NEVADA. 

organization  of  men  within  this  State  extend  the  open  season  or  shorten 
the  close  season  for  any  specie  of  game  whatsoever ;  provided,  however, 
the  County  Commissioners  of  any  county  in  the  State  acting  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  may  change  the  open  season  for  sagehen  or  for 
deer  and  antelope  to  an  earlier  or  later  date  as  the  necessities  of  their 
respective  county  for  the  preservation  of  the  above-mentioned  game 
may  demand;  the  length  of  time  during  which  said  game  shall  be  pro- 
tected shall  in  all  cases  remain  the  same  as  provided  for  in  this  Act. 
Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prohibit  any  person 
(upon  a  written  permit  of  the  Governor  of  the  State)  from  taking  or 
killing  any  bird  or  fowl,  or  collecting  the  nest  and  eggs  of  the  same, 
for  strictly  scientific  purposes. 


An  Act  providing  for  the  protection  and  preservation  of  game,  and 
repealing  all  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  therewith. 

Approved  March  24,  1909,  p.  213. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm, 
company,  corporation,  or  association,  to  kill,  catch,  destroy,  wound, 
snare,  trap,  injure,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  kill,  capture,  or  destroy, 
any  bluebird,  thrush,  mocking-bird,  oriole,  humming-bird,  meadow  lark, 
robin,  or  any  other  insectivorous,  plume,  or  song-birds  within  this  State. 

SEC.  2.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  to  take,  kill,  wound,  trap,  net,  weir, 
destroy,  injure,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  take,  kill,  injure,  or  destroy 
any  pheasant,  bob-white  quail,  partridge,  or  any  other  variety  of 
imported  game  birds  within  this  State. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  after  the  first  day  of  October  and 
before  the  fifteenth  day  of  July  of  each  and  every  3^ear,  to  kill,  catch, 
trap,  cage,  weir,  destroy,  injure,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  kill,  catch, 
capture,  injure,  or  destroy  any  sagecock  or  sagehen  within  this  State. 

SEC.  4.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  to  kill,  catch,  destroy,  injure,  snare, 
weir,  wound,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  take,  kill,  injure,  or  destroy  any 
grouse  or  mountain  quail  after  the  first  day  of  January  and  before  the 
first  day  of  October  of  each  year,  within  this  State. 

SEC.  5.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  at  any  time  after  March  15th,  and 
before  September  15th,  of  each  and  every  year,  to  kill,  catch,  net,  cage, 
pound,  weir,  trap,  or  pursue  with  attempt  to  catch,  capture,  injure,  or 
destroy,  any  wild  duck,  sandhill  crane,  plover,  curlew,  snipe,  woodcock, 
swan,  or  wild  goose  within  this  State. 

SEC.  6.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  at  any  time  after  the  fifteenth  day  of 
January,  and  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  October,  of  each  and  every 
year,  to  kill,  catch,  trap,  cage,  net,  weir,  pound,  destroy,  or  pursue  with 
attempt  to  catch,  capture,  injure,  or  destroy,  any  valley  quail  within 
this  State. 

SEC.  7.     It  shall  be  unlawful  at  any  and  all  times  of  the  year  for  any 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  105 

person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation,  or  association,  to  dis- 
turb or  destroy  the  nest  of,  or  to  take  or  remove  from  any  nest  of  any 
wild  fowl  or  game  bird  mentioned  in  this  Act,  any  egg  or  eggs  of  such 
wild  fowl  or  game  bird,  or  to  have  in  their  possession,  or  to  sell  or  to 
offer  for  sale  or  exchange,  except  for  scientific  purposes,  or  for  the  pur- 
pose of  propagation,  any  such  eggs  or  nests,  within  this  State. 

SEC.  8.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  any  per- 
son from  selling  game  killed  by  himself,  but  it  shall  be  unlawful  for 
any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation,  or  association,  to 
purchase  such  game  for  the  purpose  of  barter  or  sale,  and  it  shall  also 
be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  kill  or  have  in  his  possession  a  greater 
number  than  twenty  ducks,  fifteen  mountain  quail,  ten  sagebirds,  six 
grouse,  fifteen  valley  quail,  five  plover,  ten  geese,  three  swan,  or  fifteen 
snipe  in  any  one  day,  within  this  State. 

SEC.  9.  The  open  season  for  deer  and  antelope  in  this  State  shall  be 
from  September  15th,  and  until  October  15th,  of  each  and  every  year, 
and  during  that  time  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons, 
firm,  company,  corporation,  or  association,  within  this  State,  to  kill, 
catch,  trap,  wound,  or  pursue  with  an  attempt  to  catch,  capture,  injure, 
or  destroy,  any  number  of  deer  or  antelope  exceeding  two  for  any  one 
open  season  or  year.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  kill,  catch,  trap,  wound,  or 
pursue  with  attempt  to  catch,  injure,  kill,  or  destroy,  any  antelope  or 
any  spotted  fawn  at  any  time. 

SEC.  10.  It  shall  be  unlawful  in  this  State  for  any  person  or  per- 
sons to  have  in  their  possession  any  deer  or  antelope  from  and  after 
November  1st  of  each  year  and  until  September  15th  of  the  year  next 
succeeding,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  to  sell 
or  offer  for  sale  or  to  trade  or  barter  or  offer  to  trade  or  barter  any 
number  of  deer  or  antelope  in  excess  of  two  during  the  time  interven- 
ing between  the  fifteenth  day  of  September  and  the  first  day  of  Novem- 
ber of  any  year. 

SEC.  11.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  to  have  in  his  or  their  possession,  or 
to  sell,  buy,  transport,  or  give  away,  or  offer  or  expose  for  sale,  or  pur- 
chase from  any  person,  whomsoever,  either  Indian  or  other  person,  any 
of  the  birds,  animals,  or  wild  game  mentioned  in  this  Act  during  the 
season  wherein  the  killing,  injuring,  pursuing,  trapping,  pounding,  weir- 
ing, caging,  selling,  buying,  transporting,  giving  away,  offering  or 
exposing  for  sale,  or  having  in  his  or  their  possession  is  herein  prohib- 
ited ;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  as 
to  prohibit  any  resident  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation, 
or  association  from  taking  (upon  a  written  permit  from  the  State  Board 
of  Fish  and  Game  Commissioners)  any  bird,  animal,  or  fowl  or  the 
nest  or  eggs  of  any  bird  or  fowl  for  the  purpose  of  propagation  or 
domestication  or  for  scientific  purposes. 

SEC.  12.  Catch  of  trout  or  black  bass  not  to  exceed  twenty  fish  in 
any  one  day  by  any  one  person.  Night  fishing  or  night  hunting  pro- 
hibited. Fishing  season,  March  30th  to  September  15th. 

SEC.  13.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation,  or  asso- 
ciation, or  common  carrier,  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof 
8 


106  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more  than 
five  hundred  dollars,  or  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  in  the  county 
where  the  conviction  is  had  for  any  term  not  exceeding  six  months,  or 
by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  It  shall  be  no  defense  in  the  pros- 
ecution for  the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  that  the 
animals  or  birds  were  taken  or  killed  outside  of  the  State  of  Nevada; 
nor  shall  it  be  any  defense  in  the  prosecution  for  the  violation  of  any  of 
the  provisions  of  this  Act  that  the  animals  or  birds  were  taken  or  killed 
by  one  other  than  he  in  whose  possession  said  animals  or  birds  were 
found ;  nor  shall  it  be  any  defense  in  the  prosecution  for  the  violation 
of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  that  the  person  did  not  know  that 
hunting  was  not  allowed  upon  the  premises  on  which  he  was  trespassing. 

SEC.  14.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners 
of  any  county  within  this  State,  when  petitioned  by  fifty  taxpayers 
within  their  county,  for  the  protection  of  any  variety  of  birds,  fowls,  or 
animals,  to  draw  and  pass  an  ordinance  protecting  said  birds,  fowls, 
or  animals  for  the  length  of  time  as  prayed  for  in  the  petition  and  to 
fix  ajDenalty  for  the  violation  of  said  ordinance ;  said  penalty  to  be  in 
conformity  with  section  thirteen  of  this  Act.  When  said  ordinance  is 
properly  drawn  and  signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  County 
Commissioners  it  shall  be  published  in  some  newspaper  published  in  the 
county  for  the  period  of  four  issues,  and  thereafter  it  shall  be  in  full 
force  and  effect. 

SEC.  15.  All  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  conflict  writh  this  Act  are 
hereby  repealed.  Every  railroad  company,  express  company,  transpor- 
tation company,  or  other  common  carrier,  their  officers,  agents  and 
servants,  and  every  other  person  who  shall  transport,  carry,  or  take  out 
of  the  State,  or  who  shall  receive  for  the  purpose  of  transporting,  or 
carrying  from  this  State,  any  deer,  buck,  doe,  or  fawn,  or  any  mountain 
sheep  or  antelope,  or  any  quail,  sage  chicken,  prairie  chicken,  grouse, 
wild  ducks,  or  goose,  or  any  other  bird  or  animal  mentioned  in  this  Act, 
shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

SEC.  16.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm,  com- 
pany, corporation,  or  association,  to  catch,  kill,  destroy,  trap,  net,  weir, 
or  cage  any  beaver  within  this  State  before  the  first  day  of  April,  A.  D. 
1920.  Stats.  1909,  p.  212. 

An  Act  to  prevent  the  unlaivful  destruction  of  fish  and  game;  to  pro- 
vide for  the  appointment  of  Fish  and  Game  Wardens  in  the  several 
counties  of  this  State,  and  to  define  their  duties  and  compensation. 

Approved  March  12,  1901,  p.  57. 

SECTION  1.  It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  the  several  Boards  of 
County  Commissioners  in  this  State,  at  their  first  regular  meeting  in 
April,  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  and  annually  thereafter,  upon  the 
petition  of  twenty  or  more  resident  taxpayers,  to  appoint  a  Fish  and 
Game  Warden  for  their  respective  counties,  who  shall  reside  in  the 
county  for  which  he  is  appointed.  Each  warden  so  appointed,  before 
entering  upon  the  duties  of  his  office,  shall  take  his  oath  of  office,  and 
give  an  undertaking  to  the  State  of  Nevada  for  the  use  of  the  respect- 
ive counties  thereof,  with  two  or  more  sureties,  to  be  approved  by  the 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  107 

Board  of  County  Commissioners  conditioned  for  the  faithful  perform- 
ance of  his  duties,  and  in  such  sum  as  the  County  Commissioners  of  the 
several  counties  may  deem  sufficient  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the 
duties  of  his  office  and  the  enforcement  of  the  requirements  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  2.  Said  warden  is  hereby  empowered,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty, 
to  enforce  the  state  laws  and  all  county  and  municipal  ordinances  rela- 
tive to  the  protection  of  fish  and  game;  and  he  shall  be  vested  with  the 
power  to  make  arrests  for  the  violation  of  such  laws  and  ordinances  in 
any  county  in  this  State;  to  appoint  a  deputy  or  deputies  who  shall 
have  power  to  transact  all  official  business  appertaining  to  said  officer, 
to  the  same  extent  as  their  principal ;  provided,  that  said  warden  shall 
be  responsible  for  the  compensation  of  such  deputy  or  deputies,  and 
shall  be  responsible  on  his  official  bond  for  all  malfeasance  or  non- 
feasance  of  the  same.  Bonds  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  duties 
of  his  official  deputy  or  deputies  may  be  required  of  said  deputy  or 
deputies  by  said  principal. 

SEC.  3.  Said  Fish  and  Game  Warden  shall  report  quarterly  to  the 
Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  his  county,  giving  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  all  arrests  made,  convictions  had,  fines  collected,  and  generally 
in  regard  to  the  management  of  his  office.  Such  officers  may  be  removed 
by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners,  for  intemperance,  neglect  of 
duty,  or  other  good  and  sufficient  reasons. 

SEC.  4.  The  salary  of  Fish  and  Game  Wardens  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
County  Commissioners  of  the  various  counties  of  this  State  out  of  the 
Fish  and  Game  Preservation  Fund;  provided,  that  in  case  of  a  defi- 
ciency in  the  Fish  and  Game  Preservation  Fund,  such  deficiency  shall 
be  paid  out  of  the  general  fund  of  the  various  county  treasuries.  The 
salary  of  said  Fish  and  Game  Wardens  shall  not  be  more  than  one  hun- 
dred dollars,  nor  less  than  twenty  dollars  per  month.  Said  warden  shall 
be  allowed  a  sum  not  to  exceed  twenty-five  dollars  per  month  for 
expenses  incurred  by  him  in  the  performance  of  his  duties.  As 
amended,  Stats.  1909,  p.  327. 


An  Act  for  the  preservation  of  a  bird  known  as  the  American  eagle, 
within  the  State  of  Nevada. 

Approved  February  25,  1905,  p.  41. 

SECTION  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm, 
company,  corporation,  or  association  to  kill,  destroy,  wound,  trap, 
injure,  keep  in  captivity,  or  in  any  other  manner  to  catch  or  capture,  or 
to  pursue  with  such'  intent  the  bird  known  as  the  American  eagle, 
within  this  State,  or  to  take,  injure,  or  destroy  the  nest  or  eggs  of  said 
before-mentioned  bird. 

SEC.  2.  Any  person  or  persons,  firm,  company,  corporation,  or  asso- 
ciation violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  shall  be  fined  in  any  sunTnot 
less  than  twenty-five  dollars,  nor  more  than  two  hundred  dollars,  or 
imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  of  the  county  in  which  said  conviction 
is  had  for  any  term  not  exceeding  six  months,  or  by  both  such  fine  and 
imprisonment,  and  in  addition  to  the  costs  now  allowed  by  law  on 


108  SCHOOL   LAWS   OP   NEVADA. 

criminal  prosecution,  twenty-five  dollars  liquidated  damages,  shall  be 
entered  up  as  costs  against  such  defendant,  and  collected  in  the  manner 
now  provided  by  law  for  the  collection  of  costs  in  civil  action,  which 
said  sum  of  twenty-five  dollars  shall  be  paid  to  the  party  instrumental 
in  securing  the  arrest  and  conviction  of  said  defendant. 

SEC.  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sheriff  and  his  deputies,  Con- 
stable and  his  deputies,  District  Attorney  and  all  other  peace  officers  in 
this  State,  upon  receiving  information  from  any  person  that  any  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  have  been  violated,  to  immediately  institute  proceed- 
ings in  the  proper  court  against  the  person  or  persons  thus  complained 
of,  and  prosecute  the  same  with  reasonable  diligence  to  final  judgment, 
and  any  peace  officer  refusing  to  make  complaint  or  institute  proceed- 
ings as  herein  provided,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  in  office,  and 
fined  in  any  sum  not  exceeding  twenty-five  dollars. 


An  Act  to  regulate  and  license  the  hunting  of  game  birds  and  animals, 
and  the  taking  or  catching  of  fish,  and  to  provide  revenue  there- 
from for  game  and  fish  preservation  and  protection,  and  to  prescribe 
a  penalty  for  the  violation  thereof,  and  to  make  an  appropriation 
for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  objects  of  this  Act. 

Approved  February  26,  1909,  p.  38. 

SECTION  1.  Every  person  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  who  hunts,  pur- 
sues, or  kills  any  of  the  wild  birds  or  animals,  or  who  takes  or  catches 
any  of  the  fishes  that  are  protected  by  the  laws  of  this  State,  without 
first  procuring  a  license  therefor,  as  provided  in  this  Act,  is  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor. 

SEC.  2.  Licenses  granting  the  privilege  to  hunt,  pursue,  or  kill  wild 
birds  or  animals,  or  to  take  or  catch  fish  during  the  open  season  as  fixed 
by  law,  shall  be  issued  and  delivered,  upon  application,  by  the  County 
Clerk  of  any  of  the  counties  of  this  State,  or  by  the  Fish  and  Game 
Warden  of  any  of  the  counties  of  this  State,  which  license  shall  have 

stamped  thereon  the  words  "Hunting  License  No State  of  Nevada. 

Expires  February  28,  19....,"  with  the  registration  number  and  appro- 
priate year  stamped  therein.  Said  licenses  shall  be  prepared  and  fur- 
nished the  County  Clerk  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners,  which 
board  shall  take  receipt  therefor  by  number  and  quantity  from  the 
County  Clerk,  and  the  County  Clerk  shall  be  responsible  therefor  and 
shall  account  for  the  same  to  the  Auditor  of  said  county  every  three 
months  after  receipt  thereof. 

SEC.  3.     The  license  herein  provided  for  shall  be  issued  as  follows : 

First — To  any  citizen  of  the  United  States  who  is  a  bona  fide  resident 
of  the  State  of  Nevada,  upon  the  payment  of  one  dollar. 
.  Second — To  any  citizen  of  the  United  States,  not  a  bona  fide  resident 
of  the  State  of  Nevada,  upon  the  payment  of  ten  dollars. 

Third — To  any  person  not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  upon  the 
payment  of  twenty-five  dollars. 

SEC.  4.  Every  person  applying  for  and  procuring  a  license  as  herein 
provided,  shall  give  to  the  County  Clerk  his  name  and  resident  address, 


SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA.  109 

which  information  shall  be  by  the  clerk  or  board  entered  in  a  book  kept 
for  that  purpose,  and  provided  by  said  Board  of  County  Commissioners, 
together  with  a  statement  of  the  date  of  issuance,  the  number  of  license 
issued  to  such  person  and  description  of  such  person,  by  age,  height, 
race,  and  color  of  the  eyes  and  hair. 

SEC.  5.  All  licenses  issued  as  herein  provided  shall  be  valid,  and  shall 
authorize  the  person  to  whom  issued,  to  hunt,  pursue,  and  kill  game 
birds  and  animals  and  to  take  or  catch  fish  during  the  open  season  fixed 
therefor  by  law,  on  and  from  the  first  day  of  March,  1909,  until  the  date 
of  expiration  stamped  thereon,  but  no  license  shall  continue  in  force  for 
a  period  longer  than  one  year. 

SEC.  6.  All  moneys  collected  for  licenses  as  provided  herein,  shall 
be  paid  into  the  county  treasury  to  the  credit  of  the  Game  and  Fish 
Preservation  Fund,  which  fund  is  hereby  created,  and  the  moneys  in 
said  fund  shall  be  applied  to  the  payment  of  the  expenses  incurred  in 
the  prosecution  of  offenders,  and  for  the  revenue  to  pay  Fish  and  Game 
Wardens  and  deputies  when  necessary  to  hire  Deputy  Fish  and  Game 
Warden  or  Wardens. 

SEC.  7.  Not  more  than  one  license  shall  be  issued  to  any  one  person 
for  the  same  fiscal  year,  except  upon  an  affidavit  by  the  applicant  that 
the  one  issued  has  been  lost  or  destroyed,  and  no  license  issued  as  herein 
provided  shall  be  transferable  or  used  by  any  other  person  than  the  one 
to  whom  it  was  issued. 

SEC.  8.  Every  person  having  a  license  as  provided  herein  who  while 
hunting  or  fishing  refuses  to  exhibit  such  license  upon  the  demand  of 
any  officer  authorized  to  enforce  the  fish  and  game  laws  of  the  State, 
or  any  other  peace  officer  of  the  State,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
and  every  person  lawfully  having  said  license,  who  transfers  or  disposes 
of  the  same  to  another  person  to  be  used  as  a  hunting  or  fishing  license, 
shall  forfeit  the  same. 

SEC.  9.  Every  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall,  upon  conviction  thereof,  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
ten  dollars,  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in 
the  county  jail  for  a  term  of  not  less  than  five,  nor  more  than  fifty  days, 
or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

SEC.  10.  There  is  hereby  appropriated  out  of  any  moneys  in  the 
county  treasury,  not  otherwise  appropriated,  the  sum  of  seventy-five 
dollars  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  to  be 
used  by  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  for  the  printing  and  bind- 
ing of  suitable  books  and  blanks  required  herein,  and  for  the  purchase 
of  metal  licenses.  The  County  Auditor  is  hereby  directed  to  draw  his 
warrant  for  said  amount  in  favor  of  said  Board  of  County  Commis- 
sioners at  such  times  and  in  such  amounts  as  may  be  needed  from  time 
to  time,  and  the  Treasurer  is  hereby  directed  to  pay  the  same. 

SEC.  11.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  not  apply  to  any  person 
who,  on  his  own  land,  during  the  open  season,  hunts,  pursues,  or  kills 
any  of  the  wild  birds  or  animals,  or  takes  or  catches  any  of  the  fish  pro- 
tected by  the  laws  of  this  State,  nor  to  women  or  to  boys  under  fourteen 
years  of  age. 

SEC.  12.  The  license  herein  provided  for  shall  be  procured  from  the 
county  of  which  the  applicant  is  a  resident,  and  may  be  used  in  any 


110  SCHOOL   LAWS   OF    NEVADA. 

county  in  the  State  of  Nevada.    Non-residents  of  the  State  may  procure 
a  license  in  -any  county. 

SEC.  13.     This  Act  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  on  and  after  its 
passage. 


SPECIAL    SCHOOL    LAWS. 


The  following  special  laws  were  passed  at  the  Twenty-fourth  Session 
of  the  State  Legislature.  They  may  be  found  in  full  in  the  Statutes 
of  1909 : 

Authorizing  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  East  Ely  School  District 
to  issue  bonds,  p.  14. 

Creating  and  confirming  Las  Vegas  School  District  No.  12,  in  Lincoln 
County,  p.  41. 

Amending  the  Act  permitting  the  establishment  of  county  high 
schools,  p.  43. 

Authorizing  the  Board  of  School  Trustees  of  Fallon  District  No.  4  to 
issue  bonds,  p.  57. 

Authorizing  the  City  Council  of  Reno  to  sell  McKinley  Park  to  Reno 
School  District  No.  10,  p.  77. 

Providing  for  the  purchase  of  additional  land  for  the  University  of 
Nevada,  p.  101. 

Authorizing  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  Lyon  County  to 
issue  bonds  for  county  high  school,  p.  145. 

Authorizing  the  Board  of  County  Commissioners  of  Humboldt  County 
to  pay -certain  high-school  salaries  and  expenses,  p.  159. 

Providing  for  a  state  loan  and  its  repayment  by  issuing  certain 
bonds,  p.  184. 

Authorizing  Boards  of  County  Commissioners  to  establish  district 
high  schools,  p.  226. 

Providing  for  the  transfer  of  certain  county  and  township  funds  to 
the  support  of  the  public  schools,  p.  245. 

Joint  Resolution  No.  1,  amending  Section  3  of  Article  XI  of  the  Con- 
stitution, p.  340. 

Concurrent  Resolution  No.  3,  amending  Section  3  of  Article  XV  of 
the  Constitution,  p.  349. 


INDEX  TO   SCHOOL  LAWS. 


ARBOR  DAY—  Page.     Section. 

Established 83  1 

How  observed 83  2 

AUDITOR,  COUNTY— 

To  draw  warrants 24  41 

To  draw  warrants  36  88 

To  keep  file  of  statements  25  42 

To  enter  state  school  tax  32  72 

To  enter  county  school  tax  33  76 

To  enter  district  school  tax 35  81 

Transfer  money  to  credit  of  consolidated  district 59  2 

Informed  regarding  emergency  fund  61  6 

Enter  special  tax 64  9 

APPORTIONMENTS— 

For  divided  district 27  30 

For  joint  district 28  52 

Of  State  Distributive  School  Fund  37         89,90 

Of  county  school  fund 37  90 

Of  district  school  library  fund  38  91 

Of  Emergency  School  Fund  60  4,5 

APPROPRIATIONS— 

Deputy  Superintendents'  salaries  and  expenses  40  2 

Emergency  fund 59  1 

Normal  training  school 57  5 

General  appropriations 94 

BOARD  OF  EDUCATION,  STATE— 

Membership  of 13  1 

Officers  of 13  2 

Meetings  of 13  3 

Meetings  of 15  2 

Powers  and  Duties  of — 

To  adopt  course  of  study 13  4 

To  recommend  library  books  13  4 

To  revoke  certificates  13  4 

To  have  printing  done  13  4 

To  adopt  seal  13  4 

To  keep  and  publish  record  of  proceedings 13  4 

To  appoint  Deputy  Superintendents  16  4 

To  remove  Deputy  Superintendents 17  10 

To  define  duties  of  Deputy  Superintendents 17  9 

To  grant  certificates 17  11 

To  prescribe  rules  for  examinations '. 18  13 

To  prepare  questions  for  examinations 18  14 

To  choose  optional  subjects  for  primary-school  certificates 18  15 

To  grant  life  diplomas  19  19 

To  grant  life  diplomas  to  graduates  of  State  Normal  School 20  'J2 

To  grant  certificates  upon  credentials  20         23,  24 

Authorize  examining  and  grading  of  papers  20 

To  grant  special  certificates  21  26 

To  grant  temporary  certificates  21  27 

To  invest  State  Permanent  School  Fund  36  87 

To  determine  amount  of  library  money 38  92 

To  approve  school  library  books  38         93,  95 

To  be  members  of  the  Text-Book  Commission  40  1 

To  conduct  eighth  grade  and  high  school  examinations 55  9 


112  INDEX   TO    SCHOOL   LAWS. 

BOARD  or  EDUCATION   (Continued) —  Page.     Section. 

To  grant  permission  to  establish  normal  training  schools 56                 1 

To  constitute  Normal  Training  School  Board  56                 2 

To  certify  to  establishment  of  normal  training  school 57                 5 

To  approve  distribution  of  Emergency  School  Fund 60         2,  4,  5 

To  appoint  Public  Library  Trustees  91                 2 

BOARD  OF  EDUCATION,  COUNTY— 

Board  of  County  Commissioners  to  act  as 54                 5 

Elected  and  appointed,  when 54 

Duties  of 55                 7 

Powers  of 52 

May  provide  dormitories  55               12 

Connection  with  normal  training  school  56                 1 

To  hold  high  school  property 54                 5 

BOARD  OF  OF  UNIVERSITY,  HONORARY— 

Membership  88                 1 

Appointment 88                 2 

Duties  of 88                 3 

Meetings  of 4 

Compensation 89                 5 

BONDS,  SCHOOL— 

School  District — 

For  what  purposes  issued  62 

Must  be  submitted  to  vote 62 

Election  for  62 

Term  of,  sale  of 

How  signed 63 

Registry  of 63 

Tax  for 63                 7 

Changes  in  boundary  of  school  district  64 

Taxes  for,  to  constitute  a  lien  64                 9 

Security  of 65                 1 

Manual  Training — 

For  what  purpose  issued  65                 1 

Method  of  issuing  65 

CENSUS,  SCHOOL— 

For  division  of  school  district  27 

Blanks  for,  how  supplied 29               59 

Date  of  taking 60 

For  emergency  fund  60 

Basis  of  apportionment  37         89,  90 

Basis  of  apportionment  38               91 

Census  Marshal — 

How  appointed,  who  eligible 28               58 

Duties  of 29         60, 61 

May  administer  oath 

Shall  report  joint  district  separately 

Appointed  by  Superintendent,  when.,. 30 

Submit  report  to  Clerk  30 

Compensation 

Negligence,  punishment  31               70 

Special  Census  Marshal — 

When  and  how  appointed  31               68 

Report — 

What  to  contain  

Sworn  to  by  Census  Marshal  30               65 

Signed  by  Clerk 

Date  of  return 30 

Comparison  and  correction  of 31               67 


INDEX   TO   SCHOOL   LAWS.  113 

CERTIFICATES—  Page.     Section. 

Issued  only  by  State  Board  of  Education  17  11 

Examinations  for,  when  held  17  12 

Examinations  for,  how  conducted 18  13 

Primary-school 18  15 

Grammar-school 18  16 

High-school 19  17 

Additional  subjects  for 19  18 

Life  diplomas 19         19,  21 

State  educational  diplomas  19  20 

Issued  to  graduates  of  State  Normal  School  20  22 

To  graduates  of  approved  universities,  colleges,  and  normals 20  23 

To  teachers  holding  life  certificates  of  other  States 20  24 

Special  certificates 20  26 

Temporary  certificates  21  27 

Age  limit  for  21  28 

Necessary  for  high-school  teachers 55  7 

Rural  grammar-school  certificate  57  4 

Of  graduation  from  normal  training  school 57  4 

CHILDREN— 

Five  necessary  for  school  district  27  49 

Resident  children,  defined 29  60 

Census  children,  defined 30  62 

Protection  and  discipline  of  51  3 

When  excused  from  attendance  at  school 66  1 

When  deemed  truant  66  2 

When  subject  to  arrest 67  5 

Employed  children .' 68  7 

False  statements  concerning,  when  punished  68  8 

Dependent,  neglected,  and  delinquent  children  69  1 

Dependent  and  neglected  children,  custody  of 74  7 

Guardianship  of 74  8 

Delinquent  children,  care  of 74     9, 10, 11 

Not  to  be  committed  to  jail,  when  76  15 

Expenses  of 77  18 

Adoption  of 77  19 

Removed  from  State,  when  78  20 

Support  of 79  24 

Interference  with 79  27 

Protection  of 79  1,  2 

CLERK  OF  BOARD  OF  SCHOOL  TRUSTEES— 

May  administer  oath,  when 22  31 

How  chosen,  duties  of,  compensation 22  33 

Give  notice  of  meetings  23  35 

Must  make  report 24  38 

Issue  warrants 24  41 

Examine  and  approve  census  report  30  65 

Notify  County  Commissioners  of  special  tax  levy 33  78 

Receive  pay  for  damaged  books 46  5 

Register  voters 49  7 

Attest  to  bonds 63  5 

File  criminal  complaint,  when  67  4 

CONTRACTS— 

Trustees  not  to  be  pecuniarily  interested  in  23  37 

Necessary  for  hiring  teachers  24  40 

Expiration  of  book  contracts  41  3,  4 

For  text-books  43 

Bonds  for  compliance  with  43  9 

In  effect,  when 44  10 

Void,  when 11 

Existing  contracts,  not  invalidated  47  10 


114  INDEX   TO    SCHOOL   LAWS. 

CONSTITUTION,  STATE—  f><,<,c.     Section. 

Article  XI 9 

COMPULSORY  EDUCATION— 

Act  providing  for  66 

COMMISSIONERS,  COUNTY— 

May  create,  abolish,  and  change  boundaries  of  school  districts 26  47 

Establish  joint  districts  28  51 

Pay  claims  of  Census  Marshals  31  69 

Levy  state  school  tax 32  72 

Levy  county  school  tax 32  76 

Levy  special  school  tax 33  78 

Authorize  compensation  for  assessing  and  collecting  tax 33  79 

Levy  special  school  tax 34  80 

Call  election  for  county  high  school  52  2 

Locate  high  school 53  3 

Revoke  order  of  election 53  3 

Authorize  county  institutes 15  2 

Levy"  special  high  school  tax 54  4 

Act  as  County  Board  of  Education,  when  54  5 

Levy  annual  high-school  tax 55 

Notified  regarding  normal  training  school  56  1 

Enlarge  school  districts  59  1 

Abolish  school  districts 61  1,2 

Levy  special  tax  for  redemption  of  bonds  63  7 

Concur  in  appointing  probation  officer 72  6 

Duties  relative  to  deaf,  dumb  and  blind  89  2 

Levy  special  tax  for  library  fund  90  1 

Fix  rate  of  county  taxes 92  2 

DEAF,  DUMB  AND  BLIND— 

Education  of 89 

DIPLOMAS— 

Life  diplomas 19         19,  21 

State  educational 19  20 

Eighth-grade 55  9 

Life  diplomas 20  22 

DISTRICTS,  SCHOOL— 

One  district,  when 26  46 

Created,  changed,  and  abolished  26  47 

One  school,  when 27  48 

Children  necessary  for  27  49 

Length  of  term  in  27  50 

How  divided 27  50 

How  enlarged  or  consolidated  59         1,  2,  3 

Joint  School  District — 

How  formed 27  51 

Union  School  District — 

Provisions  for '..  58     1,  2,  3,  4 

Abolished  School  Districts — 

Disposal  of  money  and  property 61         1,  2,  3 

DISTRICTS,  SUPERVISION— 

Established 40  98 

Superintendents  of 16  5 

DORMITORIES— 

High  school,  provision  for 55  12 

ELECTIONS— 

For  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  14  1 

For  special  school  tax 33         78,  80 


INDEX   TO   SCHOOL  LAWS.  115 

ELECTIONS  (Continued) —                                                                            Page.  Se<-ti'»i. 

For  free  text-books  4~>  1,2 

For  selecting  School  Trustees  47  2,3 

Manner  of  conducting 48  3-20 

For  establishment  of  high  schools  52  1 

For  location  of  high  schools  53 

For  selecting  County  Board  of  Education  54  6 

For  issuing  school  district  bonds  62  2.  3,  4 

For  selecting  Regents  of  University *4  1' 

EXAMINATIONS— 

Teachers — 

Date  and  place  of  conducting 17  12 

Manner  of  conducting IS  13 

Questions  for 18  14 

Grading  of  papers  20  25 

Eighth  Grade — 

Necessary  for  admission  to  high  school  55  9 

formal  Training  School — 

Necessary  for  admission 56 

FISH  AND  GAME  LAWS— 

Act  relating  to  teaching  of  95 

Provisions  of 99 

FLAGS— 

National  flag  to  be  procured  for  public  school  82  1,  2 

Design  for  state  flag 83  1 

FUNDS,  SCHOOL— 
State  Permanent — 

Created  32  71 

Account  of,  how  kept 35 

Report  of  securities  for 35 

Custody  of  securities  for  35 

Investment  of 36  87 

State  Distributive — 

Created J3 

Use  restricted 32         74,  <5 

How  transferred  to  counties 

To  receive  interest  of  State  Permanent  School  Fund.... 

County  Treasurer  to  receive  and  pay  out  

Method  of  apportionment 37 

Receive  from  State  Library  Fund  7 

County — 

Created  ™ 

Use  of 33  77 

County  Treasurer  to  receive  and  pay  out  .. 

Method  of  apportionment 

To  receive  fees  from  grazing 

District  School  Library — 

How  apportioned  

How  determined 

Free  Text-Book— 

How  obtained 

How  expended 

County  High  School — 

Provisions  for -jj  1 

Estimate  for 

Expenditure  of 

formal  Training  School  Salary — 

Created  

Emergency — 

Created  ..  


116  INDEX   TO   SCHOOL  LAWS. 

FUNDS,  SCHOOL  (Continued) —  Page.     Section. 

Use  of 00  2 

Basis  of  distribution  of  60  4 

One  apportionment  of 60  5 

Transfer  of,  to  County  Treasurer  60  6 

Reversion 61  7 

Public  Library — 

Created 90  1 

How  expended  , 91  4 

HIGH  SCHOOLS,  COUNTY— 

Act  permitting  establishment  of 52 

HOSPITALS— 

Prohibited  near  schools  80  1, 2 

HOUSES  OF  ILL-FAME— 

Prohibited  near  schools  81  1 

HYGIENE— 

Must  be  taught  28  57 

INSTITUTES,  TEACHERS'— 

State,  District,  County 15 

Duties  of  Deputy  Superintendents,  regarding  17  7 

INDIANS.     See  Children. 

JURY  DUTY— 

Teachers  exempt  from  82  1 

LIBRARIES— 

District  School — 

Apportionment  for 38         91,  92 

Books  for,  how  selected  and  purchased 38         93,  94 

Rules  and  regulations  of 38  95 

Free  Public — 

How  established 90  1 

Trustees  of 91  2,  3 

Manner  of  paying  claims  against 91  4 

MANUAL  TRAINING— 

Materials  for 46  7 

Bonds  for 65  1,  2 

NORMAL  SCHOOL,  STATE— 

Graduates  to  receive  certificates 20  22 

In  connection  with  University  of  Nevada 85  7 

Graduates  to  receive  life  diplomas 86 

Diplomas  may  be  revoked  86  7 

NORMAL  TRAINING  SCHOOL— 

Established,  how 56  1 

Governed,  how 56  2,3 

Privileges  of  graduates 57  4 

Maintained,  how 57  5 

Conducted,  how  57  6 

OATH  OF  OFFICE— 

Teachers  must  take 21  30 

May  be  administered  by  whom  22  31 

Census  Marshal  must  take  28  58 

PROPERTY,  SCHOOL— 

Protection  of 80  1 

Exempt  from  taxation,  when  92  5 

Exempt  from  taxation 28  56 


INDEX   TO   SCHOOL  LAWS.  117 

REGENTS  OF  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA —  Page.     Section. 

Election  of 84  2 

Powers  and  duties  of  84  3,  4 

Meetings  of 85  5 

Report  of 85  6 

May  grant  and  revoke  diplomas 85  7 

Direct  expenditures 87  12 

SECTARIANISM— 

Prohibited 11  9, 10 

Literature  prohibited  28  55 

Preference  in  placing  children  78  21 

SPECIAL  SCHOOL  LAWS— 

Passed  by  Legislature  of  1909,  synopsis  of 110 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION— 

Member  of  State  Board  of  Education 13  1 

Secretary  of  State  Board  of  Education 13  2 

Election  of 14  1 

Duties  of 14  2 

Deliver  property  to  successor 16  3 

Nominate  Deputy  Superintendents : 16  5 

Confer  authority  upon  Deputy  Superintendents 17  8 

Administer  oath 22  31 

Approve  plans  for  schools 23  36 

Apportion  funds  to  joint  districts  28  52 

Appoint  Trustees  for  joint  districts  28  53 

Supply 'blanks  for  census 29  59 

Appoint  Census  Marshal,  when  30  64 

Compare  reports  of  Census  Marshals  31  67 

Order  special  census,  when  31  68 

Apportion  school  money 37         89,  90 

Apportion  school  library  money  38  91 

Secretary  of  Text-Book  Commission  41  2 

Appoint  members  of  County  Board  of  Education,  when 55  6 

Recommend  union  school  districts  58  1 

Appoint  Trustees,  when 59  3 

Apportion  emergency  fund 60  4 

Arrange  for  education  of  deaf,  dumb  and  blind 89  1,  2 

SUPERINTENDENTS,  DEPUTY— 

Provided  for 16  5 

Who  eligible  to  office 16  6 

Duties  of 16  7 

Powers  of 17  8 

Rules  for 17  9 

Removal  of 17  10 

Act  as  Deputy  Examiner 18  13 

Act  as  educational  examiner 20  25 

May  administer  oath 22  31 

Salaries  of 39  97 

Appropriation  for  40  2 

Exempt  children  from  school  attendance 66  1 

Assist  in  selecting  probation  officer  72  6 

SUPERINTENDENT,  CITY— 

Office  created,  when  ;  who  eligible  24  39 

SUPERINTENDENT,  COUNTY— 

Office  abolished 16  4 

TAXES— 

Ad  valorem  state  school 32  ~'2 

County  school 32  76 


118  INDEX    TO    SCHOOL   LAWS. 

TAXES  (Continued)—  Page.     Section. 

Special  school 33  78,  80 

District  school 34  gi 

Special  for  free  text-books 45  1,2 

Special  for  county  high  school  54  4 

Annual  for  county  high  school  55  s 

Special  for  bond  issue 63  7 

Annual  levy  of  County  Commissioners  92  2,  3,  4 

Exemptions  from 92  5 

State  levy 94  1 

TEACHERS- 
HOW  employed 21  29 

To  take  oath 21  30 

Must  keep  register 22  32 

Salaries  of 24  40 

Authority  of 52  4 

Of  high  schools,  how  employed 55  7 

Shall  notify  of  truancy  .". 66  2 

Protection  of 79 

Exempt  from  jury  duty  82  1 

In  University 85  3 

Must  teach  fish  and  game  laws 95  2,3 

See  also  Certificates  and  Examinations. 

TEXT-BOOKS— 

Contracts  for 41  3 

Changes  of 41  4 

In  geography,  special  matter 42  5 

How  adopted 42  6 

Standard  of  use 43  7 

Prices  of  and  depositories  for 43  S 

Prices  of,  made  public  44  12 

Use  compulsory 44  13 

Contracts  for,  when  in  effect  44  10 

Contracts  for,  when  void  44  H 

Free — 

How  provided 45  1.  2 

How  disposed  of  46  4 

Parents  responsible  for  46  5 

Credits  for  care  of 46  6 

Authorized  supplementary 46  8 

TEXT-BOOK  COMMISSION— 

An  Act  to  create 40 

TOWN-SITES— 

Block  in,  reserved  for  school  purposes 82  2 

TREASURER,  COUNTY— 

To  pay  warrants 24  41 

Not  to  receive  fees,  when 33  79 

Duties  of 36  88 

To  receive  emergency  fund 60  6 

To  countersign  school  bonds 63  5 

To  pay  and  call  in  school  bonds 63  7 

TREASURER,  STATE— 

Custodian  of  school  securities  35  84 

Pay  school  money  to  County  Treasurers 35  85 

Pay  interest  into  State  Distributive  School  Fund  35  86 

Purchase  securities,  when  36  87 

TRUSTEES,  SCHOOL— 

Organization  of  Board  of 22  33 


INDEX   TO    SCHOOL   LAWS.  119 

TRUSTEES,  SCHOOL  (Continued) —  Page.     Section. 

Meetings  of 23  34 

Legal  action  of 23  35 

Corporate  powers  of 23  36 

Not  interested  in  contracts  23  37 

Employ  teachers 24  40 

Visit  schools 25  43 

Powers  and  duties  of 25  44 

Further  powers  26  45 

Appointment  of,  for  joint  district 27  51 

Appoint  Census  Marshal  28  — 58- 

Call  election  for  special  tax  33  78,  80 

Levy  special  tax  34  M 

Purchase  library  books 38  94 

Election  of 47 

Powers  of 51 

Of  union  school  districts  58  2 

Of  enlarged  school  districts 59  3 

Submit  question  of  bonds  to  vote 62  2 

Investigate  charges  of  truancy  , 67  4 

Appoint  and  remove  attendance  officer  67  5 

Provide  rooms  for  truants 67  6 

Procure  flag  for  schools 82  1,  2 

TRUANCY.     See  Compulsory  Education. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  NEVADA— 

Name  of 83  1 

Establishment  of 84  1 

Regents  of 84  2 

How  managed 84  3,  4 

Degrees  granted 85  7 

Duties  of  President  of 86  S 

Regulations  concerning 87     9, 10, 11 

Expenses  of 87  12 

Ores  to  be  analyzed  at 87  1 

Board  of  Visitors  of 88 

VIRGINIA  CITY  SCHOOL  OF  MINES— 

Created  89  1 

Appropriation  for  95  70 


BOOK 


THE  LAST  DATE 


[IS  BOOK^pBJ,  BPWW        w  „  ^  „, 


247904 


